{"title":"2026 EOFY Shelving Sale","description":"\u003ch3 id=\"mid-year-sale-1-31-july-2025\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePromotion Period: 10th Jun 2025 to 30th Jun 2026, inclusive.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll products in this page are available at a 10% PICKUP discount during this period.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYou’re welcome to \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca title=\"contact us\" href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003evisit our stores\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e to view display units and place your order in-store — the sale price will still apply.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor full details, please see the event page: \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.appleshelving.com.au\/pages\/2026-eofy-shelving-sale\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"2026 eofy shelving sale page\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTerms \u0026amp; Conditions \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"2m-2m-0-6m-heavy-duty-metal-shelving","title":"2m*2m*0.6m 2000KG (W*H*D) Extra-Heavy-Duty Steel Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e2m*2m*0.6m 2000KG (W*H*D) Steel Shelving | 4-Tier Rack, 500kg Per Shelf, 2000kg Total Capacity\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach bay includes four solid, height-adjustable shelves made entirely of steel, offering 500 kg per level and 2000 kg total capacity. The modular frame allows you to join multiple bays to create a long-span unit, or use it as a stand-alone rack for tools, cartons and bulky equipment. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFinished in black powder coating for rust and chemical resistance, that lasts in both home and commercial environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-Duty Load Rating:\u003c\/strong\u003e Supports up to 500kg per shelf and 2000kg total (evenly distributed), ideal for bulky tools, parts and cartons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Shelves:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shelf levels can be positioned at different heights to suit various box, tub and equipment sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Stability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rigid steel uprights and crossbeams provide a stable structure for home or commercial use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Powder-Coated Finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black steel finish is scratch-resistant, corrosion-resistant and easy to clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/upright-2000mm-600mm-extra-heavy-duty\" title=\"upright-2000h-600d-extra-heavy-duty\"\u003eUprights (frame ends)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-for-2000mm-600mm-extra-heavy-duty\" title=\"extra-shelf-2000w-600d-extra-heavy-duty\"\u003e2m(W) Shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts and bolts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2000mm (W) × 2000mm (H) × 600mm (D)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Load Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 500kg per shelf (evenly distributed)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2000kg per bay (evenly distributed)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Powder-coated steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSteel Thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright – 1.2mm \/ Crossrail – 1.2mm \/ Shelf – 0.6mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-Year warranty included. For full terms and conditions, visit our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore our full range of 2m(H) rack in the \u003ca title=\"2m height shelving collection\" href=\"\/collections\/2m-height-shelving\"\u003e2m(H) Shelving Collection\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca title=\"2.4m height shelving collection\" href=\"\/collections\/2-4m-height-shelving\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.appleshelving.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\" title=\"Visit Showroom\"\u003evisit our showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for tailored layout advice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":15453268148342,"sku":"19-28X2-40","price":345.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/2_2_0.6_2000kg.jpg?v=1733455167"},{"product_id":"1-2m-1-8m-0-5m-metal-shelving-800kg","title":"1.2m*1.8m*0.5m 800KG (W*H*D) Steel Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e1.2m*1.8m*0.5m Steel Shelving | 800kg 4‑Tier Garage Storage Rack | Apple Shelving\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis 1.2m narrow 4‑tier regular‑duty steel shelving unit is designed for tight storage spaces in Australian homes, garages and small workshops. Delivering 800kg total load capacity with 200kg per evenly‑loaded shelf across four height‑adjustable tiers, this compact steel storage rack fits perfectly into narrow wall nooks, single‑garage side walls and utility rooms. It can be used as a standalone storage solution, or joined with additional bays to extend your storage layout as needed.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNote: \u003c\/strong\u003eFor industrial‑grade heavy loads, explore our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/1000kg-shelving\"\u003e1000kg heavy‑duty shelving range with 0.6m depth\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e800kg Regular‑Duty Load Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e: 200kg per shelf (evenly distributed) across 4 tiers, suitable for household tools, spare parts, storage tubs and medium‑weight equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpace‑Saving 1.2m Width\u003c\/strong\u003e: Narrow footprint fits limited wall areas, small garages and workshop corners where wider racks will not fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFully Adjustable Shelf Heights\u003c\/strong\u003e: Shelf positions can be easily modified to accommodate tall tool cases, boxes and oddly shaped items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Stable Steel Frame\u003c\/strong\u003e: Rigid uprights and crossbeams provide reliable stability for daily residential and light‑commercial use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Black Powder‑Coated Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e: Scratch and dust resistant surface, easy to wipe clean and built for long‑term indoor use.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × \u003ca title=\"upright-1800mm-500mm\" href=\"\/products\/upright-1800mm-500mm\"\u003esteel upright frames (1.8m H)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-2000w-500d\" title=\"extra-shelf-2000w-500d\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca title=\"extra-shelf-1200w-500d\" href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1200w-500d\"\u003e1.2m(W) steel Shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts, bolts and assembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.2m (W) × 1.8m (H) × 0.5m (D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf Load Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200kg per shelf (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal Bay Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800kg (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder‑coated carbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 adjustable levels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this the right size for your space?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis 1.2m × 1.8m × 0.5m regular‑duty shelving is the ideal pick when wall space is at a premium. It works exceptionally well in single garages, laundry rooms, home office storage areas and small backyard workshops, where wider racks would take up too much walkway space. The 0.5m depth comfortably holds standard Australian 60–100L storage tubs without protruding excessively.\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\nIf you have a full blank wall in a double garage, our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/shelving-regular-duty\/products\/1-5m-1-8m-0-5m-metal-shelving-800kg-black\"\u003e1.5m\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/shelving-regular-duty\/products\/2m-1-8m-0-5m-metal-shelving-600kg-black\"\u003e2m wide shelving\u003c\/a\u003e options will offer better long‑span coverage. For warehouse‑grade heavy storage, refer to our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/1000kg-shelving\"\u003eheavy‑duty 1000kg range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eCan I join multiple 1.2m bays together to make a longer rack?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eYes, this regular‑duty shelving has a modular design. You can connect multiple bays end‑to‑end to build a continuous storage wall that fits your exact space.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eWill this 1.2m wide rack fit inside a standard Australian built‑in wardrobe?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eYes, the 1.2m width and 0.5m depth are compatible with most large built‑in wardrobes and linen closets, making it a great option for extra household storage.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eAre the shelves easy to adjust after assembly?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eYes, shelf heights can be repositioned at any time by pulling out the locking pin, moving the shelves to your desired height, and retightening. No special tools are required beyond standard assembly hardware.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eIs this suitable for covered outdoor shed use?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis regular‑duty shelving works well inside garages and fully enclosed sheds. While the powder‑coated surface offers scratch and dust protection, prolonged exposure to humidity, dew and airborne moisture can gradually lead to surface rust. We recommend indoor placement for long‑term condition preservation.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBacked by a 2‑year manufacturer warranty — see our \u003ca rel=\"noopener\" href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page for full terms and conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore our full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/1-8m-height-shelving\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1.8m High Steel Shelving Collection\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e for more width and configuration options, or visit\u003ca href=\"\/pages\/about-us\"\u003e our showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for personalised storage layout advice tailored to Australian homes and workshops.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":31278416167050,"sku":"10-21-31","price":94.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/1.2_1.8_0.5.jpg?v=1723096429"},{"product_id":"1-2m-2m-0-5m-metal-shelving-800kg-black","title":"1.2m*2m*0.5m 800KG (W*H*D) Steel Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e1.2m*2m Tall Steel Shelving | 4-Tier Rack, 200kg Per Shelf | 800kg Narrow Vertical Storage Rack | Apple Shelving\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis 1.2‑metre wide, 2‑metre tall 4‑tier regular‑duty steel shelving unit is designed for vertical space maximisation in Australian homes with narrow wall space but generous ceiling height.\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\nDelivering 800kg total load capacity with 200kg per evenly‑loaded shelf, this tall steel storage rack turns unused narrow vertical space into practical storage for garage tools, seasonal items, storage tubs and bulky household gear.\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\nIts modular frame can be used as a standalone unit, or connected with additional bays to extend storage along taller walls.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNote: \u003c\/strong\u003eFor industrial warehouse storage requiring 1000kg load capacity, explore our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/1000kg-shelving\"\u003eheavy‑duty shelving range with 0.6m shelf depth\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e800kg Regular‑Duty Load Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e: Each tier supports 200kg with even weight distribution, suitable for everyday garage tools, seasonal supplies, storage bins and light workshop inventory.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2m Extra‑Tall Vertical Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: The increased height makes full use of unused upper wall space, adding more storage capacity without taking up extra floor area — ideal for narrow garage side walls.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFully Adjustable Shelf Heights\u003c\/strong\u003e: Shelf positions can be customised freely to create tall compartments for long items like brooms and ladders, or compact layers for small hardware and accessories.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Stable Steel Frame\u003c\/strong\u003e: Sturdy uprights and cross braces maintain structural stability even at the 2m height, ensuring safe daily residential use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow‑Maintenance Powder‑Coated Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e: Black coated steel surface resists dust, minor scratches and light stains, easy to clean for long‑term indoor use.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/upright-2000mm-500mm-regular-duty\" title=\"upright-2000mm-500mm\"\u003esteel upright frames (2m H)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca title=\"extra-shelf-1200w-500d\" href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1200w-500d\"\u003e1.2m(W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts, bolts and assembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.2m (W) × 2m (H) × 0.5m (D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf Load Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200kg per shelf (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal Bay Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800kg (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder‑coated carbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 adjustable levels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this the right size for your space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis 1.2m wide × 2m tall regular‑duty shelving is the best pick if you have narrow wall space but high ceilings in your garage or storage room.\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\nIt takes up minimal floor width while extending upward to unlock extra vertical storage capacity, perfect for side walls in single garages, tall pantry spaces and narrow utility rooms.\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\nChoose our 1.2m × 1.8m standard‑height model for lower ceilings, built‑in wardrobes and compact corners. Go for wider \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/2m-height-shelving\/products\/1-5m-2m-0-5m-metal-shelving-800kg-black\"\u003e1.5m\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/2m-height-shelving\/products\/2m-2m-0-5m-metal-shelving-600kg-black\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/2m-height-shelving\/products\/2m-2m-0-5m-metal-shelving-600kg-black\"\u003e2m models\u003c\/a\u003e if you have broad blank wall space to fill.\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\nFor heavy industrial loads, our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/1000kg-shelving\"\u003eheavy‑duty 1000kg range\u003c\/a\u003e will be more suitable.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eIs the 2m tall shelving unit stable when fully loaded?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eYes, the reinforced steel frame and cross bracing are engineered to maintain stability at 2m height. For extra safety, we recommend placing heavier items on lower shelves and lighter goods on upper tiers.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eIs the top shelf easy to reach for everyday use?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe top shelf sits at 2m height, accessible for most adults with standard reach. It is best suited for storing seasonal or less frequently used items to maximise vertical space.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eWill this 2m tall rack fit in a standard Australian garage with a roller door?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eMost standard Australian residential garages have an internal ceiling height of 2.4m or more, so this 2m unit will fit comfortably with clearance above the rack.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eIs this suitable for covered outdoor shed use?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis regular‑duty shelving works well inside garages and fully enclosed sheds. While the powder‑coated surface offers scratch and dust protection, prolonged exposure to humidity, dew and airborne moisture can gradually lead to surface rust. We recommend indoor placement for long‑term condition preservation.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/2m-height-shelving\"\u003e2m‑height Shelving Collection\u003c\/a\u003e to compare different widths and load capacities. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/about-us\"\u003eVisit our showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for personalised vertical storage layout advice tailored to your space. All our regular‑duty racks come with a 2‑year manufacturer warranty — see the \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page for full terms.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":31281919590538,"sku":"11-21-31","price":105.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/1.2_2_0.5.jpg?v=1718932758"},{"product_id":"1-2m-2-4m-0-5m-metal-shelving-800kg-black","title":"1.2m*2.4m*0.5m 800KG (W*H*D) Steel Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e1.2m*2.4m*0.5m 800KG (W*H*D) Steel Shelving | 4-Tier Rack, 200kg Per Shelf, 800kg Total Capacity\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis 1.2‑metre wide, 2.4‑metre tall 4‑tier regular‑duty steel shelving unit is built to unlock maximum vertical storage potential in high‑ceiling spaces across Australian homes and light commercial sites.\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\nWith 800kg total load capacity and 200kg per evenly‑loaded shelf, this extra tall steel storage rack turns otherwise wasted upper wall space into practical storage for seasonal items, long tools, spare parts and stacked storage tubs — all while taking up minimal floor width.\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\nIts modular design works as a standalone unit, or can be connected with additional bays to extend storage along tall walls.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e For industrial warehouse storage requiring 1000kg load capacity, explore \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/1000kg-shelving\"\u003eour heavy‑duty shelving range with 0.6m shelf depth\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e800kg Regular‑Duty Load Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e: Each tier supports 200kg with even weight distribution, suitable for everyday garage gear, household seasonal supplies and light workshop inventory.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2.4m Ultra Tall Vertical Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: Maximises storage capacity in high‑ceiling garages, tall storage rooms and small warehouse spaces by utilising unused upper wall area without expanding floor footprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFully Customisable Shelf Layout\u003c\/strong\u003e: Shelf heights can be adjusted freely to create extra tall compartments for ladders and piping, or compact layers for small hardware and accessories.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Tall Frame Stability\u003c\/strong\u003e: Heavy‑gauge steel uprights and cross bracing are engineered specifically for 2.4m height, maintaining structural stability and safety under full load.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow‑Maintenance Powder‑Coated Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e: Black coated steel surface resists dust, minor scratches and light stains, easy to wipe clean for long‑term indoor use.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × \u003ca title=\"upright-2400mm-500mm-regular-duty\" href=\"\/products\/upright-2400mm-500mm-regular-duty\"\u003esteel upright frames (2.4m H)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1200w-500d\" title=\"extra-shelf-1200w-500d\"\u003e1.5m(W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts, bolts and assembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.2m (W) × 2.4m (H) × 0.5m (D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf Load Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200kg per shelf (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal Bay Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800kg (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder‑coated carbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 adjustable levels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this the right size for your space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis 1.2m wide × 2.4m tall regular‑duty shelving is ideal for spaces with high ceilings where you want to maximise vertical storage without taking up extra floor space.\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\nIt fits perfectly in high‑ceiling Australian garages, tall walk‑in storage rooms, sheds with high rafters and small light‑use warehouse spaces.\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\nChoose our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/shelving-regular-duty\/products\/1-2m-1-8m-0-5m-metal-shelving-800kg\"\u003e1.8m standard‑height model\u003c\/a\u003e for low ceilings, wardrobes and compact corners. Go for the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/shelving-regular-duty\/products\/1-2m-2m-0-5m-metal-shelving-800kg-black\"\u003e2m tall model\u003c\/a\u003e if you have average ceiling height and want balanced vertical storage.\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\nFor heavy industrial loads, our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/1000kg-shelving\"\u003eheavy‑duty 1000kg range\u003c\/a\u003e will be more suitable.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eWhat minimum ceiling height is needed for this 2.4m shelving unit?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eWe recommend at least 2.5m of clear internal ceiling height to leave a small safety gap above the rack and allow easy placement of items on the top shelf.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eIs the 2.4m tall frame stable when all shelves are fully loaded?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eYes, the reinforced uprights and cross bracing are designed for extra height stability. For maximum safety, always place heavier items on lower shelves and lighter goods on upper tiers.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eWhat types of items work best on the top shelf of this tall unit?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe top shelf is best suited for seasonal items, rarely used tools and lightweight bulky goods that you do not need to access on a daily basis.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eIs this suitable for covered outdoor shed use?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis regular‑duty shelving works well inside garages and fully enclosed sheds. While the powder‑coated surface offers scratch and dust protection, prolonged exposure to humidity, dew and airborne moisture can gradually lead to surface rust. We recommend indoor placement for long‑term condition preservation.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-Year warranty included. For full terms and conditions, visit our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/2-4m-height-shelving\"\u003e2.4m‑height Shelving Collection\u003c\/a\u003e to compare different widths and load capacities. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/about-us\"\u003eVisit our showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for personalised high‑ceiling storage layout advice tailored to your space. \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"4-Shelf","offer_id":44833284030626,"sku":"12-21-31","price":115.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5-Shelf","offer_id":44833284063394,"sku":"12-21(1\u00261\/4)-31(1\u00261\/4)","price":135.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/1.2_2.4_0.5.jpg?v=1723179791"},{"product_id":"1-5m-2-4m-0-5m-metal-shelving-800kg-black","title":"1.5m*2.4m*0.5m 800KG (W*H*D) Steel Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e1.5m x 2.4m Tall Steel Storage Rack | 4\/5 Tier Rack, 200kg Per Shelf | 800kg\/1000KG Garage Shelving | Apple Shelving\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis 1.5‑metre wide, 2.4‑metre tall 4\/5tier regular‑duty steel shelving unit strikes a balanced mix of horizontal storage space and maximum vertical capacity for high‑ceiling Australian homes and light workspaces.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith 800kg total load capacity and 200kg per evenly‑loaded shelf, this tall steel storage rack makes full use of unused upper wall area in medium‑width garage sections, tall storage rooms and small workshops, perfect for organising tools, seasonal goods, stacked tubs and bulky equipment.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eIts modular frame works as a standalone unit, or can be connected with additional bays to build continuous storage along tall walls.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNote: \u003c\/strong\u003eFor industrial warehouse storage requiring 1000kg load capacity, explore our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/1000kg-shelving\"\u003eheavy‑duty shelving range with 0.6m shelf depth\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e150kg Per Shelf, 4\/5 Tier Flexible Options\u003c\/strong\u003e: Every shelf supports 150kg with even weight distribution. Choose the 4‑tier variant for 800kg total capacity with taller vertical gaps, or the 5‑tier variant for 1000kg total capacity with more layered storage.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2.4m Ultra Tall + 1.5m Medium Width\u003c\/strong\u003e: Combines maximum vertical storage potential with moderate horizontal shelf space, fitting perfectly in medium‑width high‑ceiling spaces where narrow racks lack capacity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFully Adjustable Shelf Heights\u003c\/strong\u003e: Shelf positions can be customised freely to create tall compartments for long tools and ladders, or compact layers for small hardware and accessories.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Tall Frame Stability\u003c\/strong\u003e: Heavy‑gauge steel uprights and cross bracing are engineered for 2.4m height, maintaining structural stability and safety even when fully loaded.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Powder‑Coated Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e: Black coated steel surface resists dust, minor scratches and light stains, easy to clean for long‑term indoor use.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × \u003ca title=\"upright-2400mm-500mm-regular-duty\" href=\"\/products\/upright-2400mm-500mm-regular-duty\"\u003esteel upright frames (2.4m H)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 or 5  ×\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.appleshelving.com.au\/products\/extra-shelf-2000w-500d\" title=\"extra-shelf-2000w-500d\"\u003e2m(W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e (matches your selected tier variant)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts, bolts and assembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; height: 156.75px;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"width: 36.3636%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"width: 63.2727%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 36.3636%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 63.2727%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e1.5m (W) × 2.4m (H) × 0.5m (D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 36.3636%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003eShelf Load Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 63.2727%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e200kg per shelf (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 36.3636%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTotal Capacity (4‑Tier Variant)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 63.2727%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e800kg (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 36.3636%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTotal Capacity (5‑Tier Variant)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 63.2727%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e1000kg (evenly distributed)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 36.3636%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 63.2727%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003ePowder‑coated carbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 36.3636%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 63.2727%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 36.3636%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003eShelves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 63.2727%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e4 adjustable shelves \/ 5 adjustable shelves\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this the right size for your space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis 1.5m wide × 2.4m tall regular‑duty shelving is the sweet spot if you have a medium‑width wall with high ceilings and want both generous shelf space and maximum vertical utilisation.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eIt works perfectly in standard high‑ceiling Australian garages, walk‑in storage rooms and small home workshops, offering more horizontal storage per tier than 1.2m wide tall racks without taking up excessive floor space.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eChoose the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/shelving-regular-duty\/products\/1-2m-2-4m-0-5m-metal-shelving-800kg-black\"\u003e1.2m wide tall model\u003c\/a\u003e for narrow wall spaces and tight corners. Go for \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/shelving-regular-duty\/products\/1-2m-1-8m-0-5m-metal-shelving-800kg\"\u003e1.8m\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/shelving-regular-duty\/products\/1-2m-2m-0-5m-metal-shelving-800kg-black\"\u003e2m standard‑height models\u003c\/a\u003e if your ceiling is average height and you do not need extra vertical capacity.\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\nFor heavy industrial loads, our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/1000kg-shelving\"\u003eheavy‑duty 1000kg range\u003c\/a\u003e will be more suitable.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eHow does this 1.5m tall rack differ from the 1.2m wide tall version?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis 1.5m model offers 300mm more shelf width per tier, giving you more space for wider storage tubs and larger tools, while still fitting comfortably in most standard garage wall sections.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eIs the middle shelf height convenient for daily access?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eYes, the adjustable design lets you place frequently used items at waist to chest height for easy access, while reserving the top and bottom tiers for less regularly used goods.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eCan this unit be used in a small commercial storage room?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eYes, its 800kg capacity and 2.4m height work well for light commercial inventory, office supplies and small workshop parts storage in enclosed indoor spaces.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eIs this suitable for covered outdoor shed use?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis regular‑duty shelving works well inside garages and fully enclosed sheds. While the powder‑coated surface offers scratch and dust protection, prolonged exposure to humidity, dew and airborne moisture can gradually lead to surface rust. We recommend indoor placement for long‑term condition preservation.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-Year warranty included. For full terms and conditions, visit our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore our full range of 2m(H) rack in the \u003ca title=\"2.4m height shelving collection\" href=\"\/collections\/2-4m-height-shelving\"\u003e2.4m(H) Shelving Collection\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.appleshelving.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\" title=\"Visit Showroom\"\u003evisit our showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for tailored layout advice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"4-Shelf","offer_id":44833293369506,"sku":"12-22-32","price":170.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5-Shelf","offer_id":44833293402274,"sku":"12-22(1\u00261\/4)-32(1\u00261\/4)","price":200.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/1.5_2.4_0.5.jpg?v=1723180167"},{"product_id":"1-5m-2m-0-5m-metal-shelving-800kg-black","title":"1.5m*2m*0.5m 800KG (W*H*D) Steel Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e1.5m*2m*0.5m Steel Storage Rack 800kg | 4-Tier Rack, 200kg Per Shelf | Home Garage Shelving | Apple Shelving\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis 1.5‑metre wide, 2‑metre tall 4‑tier regular‑duty steel shelving unit is the versatile go‑to option for most standard Australian residential garages, balancing generous horizontal shelf space and practical vertical storage capacity.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith 800kg total load capacity and 200kg per evenly‑loaded shelf, this mid‑height steel storage rack makes efficient use of standard garage wall height without requiring extra tall ceilings, ideal for organising everyday tools, plastic storage tubs, gardening equipment and household bulky items.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eIts modular design works as a standalone unit, or can be connected with additional bays to extend storage along your garage wall.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e For industrial warehouse storage requiring 1000kg load capacity, explore our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/1000kg-shelving\"\u003eheavy‑duty shelving range with 0.6m shelf depth\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e800kg Regular‑Duty Load Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e: Each tier supports 200kg with even weight distribution, suitable for daily garage tools, household supplies and light workshop inventory.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2m Practical Mid‑Height + 1.5m Universal Width\u003c\/strong\u003e: Matches the ceiling height of most standard Australian homes, offering more vertical storage than 1.8m models while remaining easy to access without step ladders for most tiers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFully Adjustable Shelf Layout\u003c\/strong\u003e: Shelf positions can be modified freely to create tall compartments for long tools and ladders, or compact layers for small hardware and accessories.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Stable Frame Structure\u003c\/strong\u003e: Heavy‑gauge steel uprights and cross bracing deliver reliable structural stability for daily residential use, even at full load.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow‑Maintenance Powder‑Coated Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e: Black coated steel surface resists dust, minor scratches and light stains, easy to wipe clean for long‑term indoor use.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × \u003ca title=\"upright-2000mm-500mm\" href=\"\/products\/upright-2000mm-500mm-regular-duty\"\u003esteel upright frames  (2m H)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca title=\"extra-shelf-1500w-500d\" href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1500w-500d\"\u003e1.5m(W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts, bolts and assembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"width: 36.3636%;\"\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"width: 63.2727%;\"\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 36.3636%;\"\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 63.2727%;\"\u003e1.5m (W) × 2m (H) × 0.5m (D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 36.3636%;\"\u003eShelf Load Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 63.2727%;\"\u003e200kg per shelf (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 36.3636%;\"\u003eTotal Bay Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 63.2727%;\"\u003e800kg (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 36.3636%;\"\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 63.2727%;\"\u003ePowder‑coated carbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 36.3636%;\"\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 63.2727%;\"\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 36.3636%;\"\u003eShelves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 63.2727%;\"\u003e4 adjustable levels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this the right size for your space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis 1.5m wide × 2m tall regular‑duty shelving is the most universally practical choice if you have a standard‑height Australian garage and want a balance of easy access and extra storage capacity.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eIt fits comfortably along most single garage side walls, next to workbenches and in dedicated storage rooms, offering more vertical storage than \u003ca href=\"\/products\/1-5m-1-8m-0-5m-metal-shelving-800kg-black\"\u003e1.8m standard‑height models\u003c\/a\u003e without the height clearance requirement of 2.4m ultra‑tall units.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eChoose the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/1-2m-2m-0-5m-metal-shelving-800kg-black\"\u003e1.2m wide tall model\u003c\/a\u003e for narrow wall spaces and tight corners. Go for the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/1-5m-2-4m-0-5m-metal-shelving-800kg-black\"\u003e2.4m ultra‑tall model\u003c\/a\u003e if you have high ceilings and want to maximise vertical storage.\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\nFor heavy industrial loads, our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/1000kg-shelving\"\u003eheavy‑duty 1000kg range\u003c\/a\u003e will be more suitable.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eWhat minimum ceiling height do I need for this 2m tall shelving unit?\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\nWe recommend at least 2.1m of clear internal ceiling height to leave a small gap for safe placement and removal of items on the top shelf.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eHow much extra storage does this 2m model offer compared to the 1.8m version?\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\nThis 2m model adds 200mm of vertical space, which typically translates to one extra tier of storage for small items, or taller compartments for bulkier equipment like vacuum cleaners and step ladders.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eCan the shelves be adjusted in small increments, or only fixed positions?\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\nThe upright frames have pre‑drilled holes at regular small intervals, so you can adjust shelf heights in fine increments to match the exact size of your stored items.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eIs this 1.5m width a good fit next to a standard garage workbench?\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\nYes, the 1.5m width aligns well with most standard workbench sizes, making it a convenient companion storage solution for tools, parts and equipment right beside your work area.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/2m-height-shelving\"\u003e2m‑height Shelving Collection\u003c\/a\u003e to compare different widths and load capacities. Visit \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/about-us\"\u003eour showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for personalised garage storage layout advice tailored to your space. All our regular‑duty racks come with a 2‑year manufacturer warranty — see the \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page for full terms.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":31281926930570,"sku":"11-22-32","price":145.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/1.5_2_0.5.jpg?v=1718932736"},{"product_id":"1-5m-1-8m-0-5m-metal-shelving-800kg-black","title":"1.5m*1.8m*0.5m 800KG (W*H*D) Steel Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e1.5m*1.8m Steel Shelving | 4-Tier Rack, 200kg Per Shelf | 800kg All‑Purpose Home Storage Rack | Apple Shelving\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis 1.5‑metre 4‑tier regular‑duty steel shelving unit is a versatile all‑purpose storage solution for Australian residential garages, home storage rooms and light‑use workshops.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith a total load capacity of 800kg and 200kg per evenly‑loaded shelf, this steel storage rack balances reliable medium‑duty bearing with a space‑friendly footprint, suitable for storing power tools, household supplies, plastic tubs and spare parts.\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\nIts modular frame works as a standalone unit, or can be connected with additional bays to expand storage capacity as needed.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNote: \u003c\/strong\u003eFor industrial warehouse storage requiring 1000kg load capacity, explore our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/1000kg-shelving\"\u003eheavy‑duty shelving range with 0.6m shelf depth\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e800kg Regular‑Duty Load Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e: Each tier supports 200kg with even weight distribution, ideal for everyday garage gear, household storage and light workshop inventory.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal 1.5m Width\u003c\/strong\u003e: The most widely adaptable size, fitting seamlessly in standard single garages, dedicated storage rooms and small commercial workspaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFully Adjustable Shelf Layout\u003c\/strong\u003e: Shelf heights can be modified freely to accommodate tall items like vacuum cleaners and step ladders, or compact layers for small hardware and accessories.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Stable Steel Frame\u003c\/strong\u003e: Sturdy uprights and cross braces deliver solid structural stability for daily residential and light commercial use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow‑Maintenance Powder‑Coated Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e: Black coated steel surface resists dust, minor scratches and light stains, easy to wipe clean for long‑term indoor use.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/upright-1800mm-500mm\" title=\"upright-1800mm-500mm\"\u003esteel upright frames (1.8m H)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca title=\"extra-shelf-1500w-500d\" href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1500w-500d\"\u003e1.5m(W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts, bolts and assembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5m (W) × 1.8m (H) × 0.5m (D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf Load Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200kg per shelf (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal Bay Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800kg (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder‑coated carbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 adjustable levels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this the right size for your space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis 1.5m regular‑duty shelving is our most flexible option if you need a single rack that works across multiple spaces.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eIt fits comfortably along the side wall of a standard Australian single garage, fits inside most built‑in storage rooms, and also works well in small home workshops.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eChoose the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/1-2m-1-8m-0-5m-metal-shelving-800kg\"\u003e1.2m narrow model\u003c\/a\u003e for tight corners, wardrobes and compact spaces. Go for the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/2m-1-8m-0-5m-metal-shelving-600kg-black\"\u003e2m wide model\u003c\/a\u003e if you want to cover an entire blank garage wall with continuous storage.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eFor heavy industrial loads, our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/1000kg-shelving\"\u003eheavy‑duty 1000kg range\u003c\/a\u003e will be more suitable.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eCan this shelving be used in a home storage room as well as the garage?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eYes, its neutral design and moderate size work equally well in garage, pantry, storage room and small workshop settings for household item organisation.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eHow many people are needed to assemble this 1.5m rack?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eOne person can complete assembly alone with basic tools, but a second person helps speed up the process when aligning the upright frames.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eCan I add extra shelves to this 4‑tier unit later?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe upright frame has multiple pre‑drilled holes, so you can purchase additional matching shelves to create more tiers for lighter items.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eIs this suitable for covered outdoor shed use?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis regular‑duty shelving works well inside garages and fully enclosed sheds. While the powder‑coated surface offers scratch and dust protection, prolonged exposure to humidity, dew and airborne moisture can gradually lead to surface rust. We recommend indoor placement for long‑term condition preservation.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/1-8m-height-shelving\"\u003e1.8m‑height Shelving Collection\u003c\/a\u003e to compare different widths and load capacities. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/about-us\"\u003eVisit our showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for personalised storage layout advice tailored to your space. All our regular‑duty racks come with a 2‑year manufacturer warranty — see the \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page for full terms.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":31281931878538,"sku":"10-22-32","price":140.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/1.5_1.8_0.5.jpg?v=1723097174"},{"product_id":"2m-1-8m-0-5m-metal-shelving-600kg-black","title":"2m*1.8m*0.5m 600KG (W*H*D) Steel Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e2m*1.8m*0.5m Steel Garage Shelving | 600kg Home Storage Rack | 4-Tier Rack, 150kg Per Shelf | Apple Shelving\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis wide‑sized, 2‑metre 4‑tier regular‑duty steel shelving unit is engineered for full‑wall storage inside large‑scale Australian residential garages, hobby workshops and utility spaces. Capable of 600‑kilogram total evenly‑distributed weight bearing and 150‑kg load‑bearing capacity on every adjustable shelf, this steel storage rack is your reliable storage solution for garden gear, hardware supplies, plastic tubs and everyday bulky belongings.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThanks to its modular build, you are free to employ the rack as a standalone unit or link multiple bays side‑by‑side to build an uninterrupted full‑length storage wall.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNote: \u003c\/strong\u003eIf you are seeking higher‑capacity warehouse‑grade storage, check out \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/1000kg-shelving\"\u003eour heavy‑duty shelving series rated above 1000kg with 0.6‑metre depth\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e600kg Regular‑Duty Weight Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e: Each of the four shelves supports 150 kg with balanced loading, well‑suited for general‑weight garage belongings, cartons and hand‑tool collections.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacious 2‑metre Wide Frame\u003c\/strong\u003e: The broad shelf surface accommodates multiple large‑size storage containers in one single tier, ideal for building continuous storage against empty garage walls.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible Adjustable Shelf Heights\u003c\/strong\u003e: Reposition tiers according to your storage demands, creating tall compartments for long‑handled gardening equipment or compact layers for small hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy‑Gauge Reinforced Steel Structure\u003c\/strong\u003e: Sturdy vertical uprights and cross‑bracing keep the whole frame stable when loaded with everyday garage‑stored goods.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHard‑wearing Black Powder‑Coated Surface\u003c\/strong\u003e: The treated metal surface resists dust, minor scratches and mild chemical contamination, suitable for long‑time indoor garage usage.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/upright-1800mm-500mm\" title=\"upright-1800mm-500mm\"\u003esteel upright frames (1.8m H)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca title=\"extra-shelf-1200w-500d\" href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1200w-500d\"\u003e2m (W) steel \u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca title=\"extra-shelf-1200w-500d\" href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1200w-500d\"\u003es\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca title=\"extra-shelf-1200w-500d\" href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1200w-500d\"\u003ehelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts, bolts and assembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2m (W) × 1.8m (H) × 0.5m (D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf Load Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150kg per shelf (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal Bay Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600kg (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder‑coated carbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 adjustable levels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this the right size for your space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eOur 2m‑wide regular‑duty shelving is optimised for blank, expansive garage wall space in double car garages.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eIts generous 2‑metre width lets you arrange several 60L‑100L Australian‑standard storage bins on one shelf. The 0.5‑metre depth stops the rack from protruding too far into your garage walkway.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eChoose our compact \u003ca href=\"\/products\/1-2m-1-8m-0-5m-metal-shelving-800kg\"\u003e1.2‑metre\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/products\/1-5m-1-8m-0-5m-metal-shelving-800kg\"\u003e1.5-metre shelving\u003c\/a\u003e variant for narrow wall corners, closet and small workshop storage. Pick our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/1000kg-shelving\"\u003eheavy‑duty range\u003c\/a\u003e if you need industrial‑level load‑bearing performance.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eHow many large plastic storage tubs can one 2‑metre shelf accommodate?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eEach 2‑metre‑long shelf can comfortably hold 3‑4 standard Australian 100L storage tubs, leaving spare space for hand‑held tools and accessories.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eCan I assemble several 2‑metre shelving bays to cover an entire long garage wall?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eYes. The modular upright design enables seamless connection between separate rack units, you are able to extend storage length to match your complete garage wall dimension.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eIs it simple to take shelves apart and alter their height after full assembly?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eNo complex disassembly is needed. Just loosen the fasteners on the upright frame, slide shelves to your preferred position then fasten everything back securely.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eIs this suitable for covered outdoor shed use?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis regular‑duty shelving works well inside garages and fully enclosed sheds. While the powder‑coated surface offers scratch and dust protection, prolonged exposure to humidity, dew and airborne moisture can gradually lead to surface rust. We recommend indoor placement for long‑term condition preservation.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShop the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/1-8m-height-shelving\"\u003e1.8m‑height Shelving Collection\u003c\/a\u003e to compare narrow and wide‑width rack choices. Come to \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/about-us\"\u003eour showroom\u003c\/a\u003e to acquire custom‑made garage wall storage layouts for Australian households. Every rack carries our official 2‑year manufacturer warranty; navigate to our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\"\u003ewarranty‑policy\u003c\/a\u003e page to read the complete terms.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":31281935679626,"sku":"10-23-33","price":170.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/2_1.8_0.5.jpg?v=1723097577"},{"product_id":"2m-2m-0-5m-metal-shelving-600kg-black","title":"2m*2m*0.5m 600KG (W*H*D) Steel Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e2m*2m Steel Storage Rack | 600kg 4-Tier Shelving Unit | Apple Shelving\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis 2m-wide 4-tier regular-duty steel shelving unit is designed for full-wall storage in Australian garages, backyard sheds and home workshops. With a 0.5m depth that fits standard garage wall spaces without protruding into walkways, it delivers 600kg of total load capacity across four height-adjustable levels — perfect for storing long tools, large storage tubs, cartons and everyday bulky equipment. The modular frame lets you join multiple bays end-to-end to create a seamless long-span storage system along an entire wall.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNote: \u003c\/strong\u003eFor higher weight capacity and deeper cabinetry for industrial warehouse use, explore our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/1000kg-shelving\"\u003e1000kg+ heavy-duty shelving range with 0.6m depth\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e600kg Total Load Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e: 150kg per shelf (evenly distributed) across 4 tiers, suitable for household tools, storage tubs, spare parts and standard cartons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFully Adjustable Shelf Heights\u003c\/strong\u003e: Each shelf can be repositioned to fit tall items like ladders, power tool cases and storage tubs of varying sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Stable Steel Frame\u003c\/strong\u003e: Rigid steel uprights and crossbeams deliver a sturdy structure for residential garage use and light commercial environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Black Powder-Coated Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e: Scratch, corrosion and chemical resistant, built to hold up to Australian garage dust, temperature swings and regular daily use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModular Joinable Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: Connect multiple bays together to build a custom long-span storage solution that fits your exact wall length.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × \u003ca title=\"upright-2000mm-500mm\" href=\"\/products\/upright-2000mm-500mm-regular-duty\"\u003esteel upright frames (2m H)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca title=\"extra-shelf-2000w-500d\" href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-2000w-500d\"\u003e2m(W) steel Shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts, bolts and assembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; height: 137.157px;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"width: 35.3811%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"width: 61.7412%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 35.3811%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 61.7412%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e2m*2m*0.5m (W*H*D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 35.3811%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003eShelf Load Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 61.7412%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e150kg per shelf (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 35.3811%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003eTotal Bay Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 61.7412%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e600kg (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 35.3811%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 61.7412%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003ePowder-coated carbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 35.3811%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 61.7412%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 35.3811%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003eShelves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 61.7412%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e4 adjustable levels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this the right size for your space?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 2m*2m*0.5m regular-duty unit is ideal if you have a full blank wall in a single or double garage, backyard shed or small home workshop. The 0.5m depth fits most standard 60L–100L Australian storage tubs and toolboxes comfortably, while not protruding so far that it blocks walkways.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you need higher weight capacity for industrial or commercial warehouse use, our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/1000kg-shelving\"\u003e1000kg heavy-duty shelving range (0.6m depth)\u003c\/a\u003e will be the better option. For narrow wall spaces, wardrobes or balconies, our 1.2m or 1.5m wide units are more suitable.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eCan I join multiple 2m wide bays together to make a longer rack?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eYes, this regular-duty unit has a modular design that allows you to connect multiple bays end-to-end to create a continuous long-span storage system along your garage wall.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eWill this 0.5m deep shelf fit standard Australian plastic storage tubs?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eYes, 0.5m depth is compatible with most standard 60L–100L storage tubs commonly used in Australian homes and garages.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eCan this shelving hold ladders and long garden tools?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eYes, with adjustable shelf heights, you can leave a tall open tier to store long items like ladders, rakes and garden equipment horizontally across the 2m width.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eIs this suitable for covered outdoor shed use?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis regular-duty shelving works well inside garages and fully enclosed sheds. While the powder-coated surface offers scratch and dust protection, prolonged exposure to humidity, dew and airborne moisture can gradually lead to surface rust. We recommend indoor placement for long-term condition preservation.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-Year warranty included. For full terms and conditions, visit our \u003ca rel=\"noopener\" href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShop the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/2m-height-shelving\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2m High steel Shelving Collection\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e for more width and depth options, or explore our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/1000kg-shelving\"\u003eheavy-duty 1000kg range for commercial warehouse\u003c\/a\u003e needs. Visit \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/about-us\"\u003eour showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for custom layout advice tailored to your Australian garage or workspace. \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":31281938071690,"sku":"11-23-33","price":175.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/2_2_0.5.jpg?v=1718932709"},{"product_id":"2m-2-4m-0-5m-metal-shelving-600kg-black","title":"2m*2.4m*0.5m 600KG (W*H*D) Steel Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e2m*2.4m*0.5m Wide Tall Steel Storage Rack 4\/5-Tier | 150kg Per Shelf, 600kg\/750KG Total Capacity | Apple Shelving\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis 2‑metre wide, 2.4‑metre tall regular‑duty steel shelving unit is built for wide, high‑ceiling double garages and large storage rooms across Australia, combining expansive horizontal shelf space with maximum vertical storage potential.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eAvailable in 4‑tier (600kg total capacity) and 5‑tier (750kg total capacity) variants, each shelf supports 150kg of evenly distributed weight. This wide steel storage rack is ideal for organising large volumes of plastic storage tubs, gardening equipment, power tools and bulky household items.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe modular frame works as a standalone unit, or can be joined with additional bays to create seamless full‑wall storage along an entire garage wall.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNote: \u003c\/strong\u003eFor industrial warehouse storage requiring 1000kg load capacity, explore our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/1000kg-shelving\"\u003eheavy‑duty shelving range with 0.6m shelf depth\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e150kg Per Shelf, 4\/5‑Tier Flexible Options\u003c\/strong\u003e: Every shelf supports 150kg with even weight distribution. Choose the 4‑tier variant for 600kg total capacity with taller vertical gaps, or the 5‑tier variant for 750kg total capacity with more layered storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2m Broad Width + 2.4m Ultra Tall Frame\u003c\/strong\u003e: Covers more wall space per bay than narrower models, reducing the number of units needed for a full‑wall setup, while the extended height unlocks unused upper wall space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFully Customisable Shelf Heights\u003c\/strong\u003e: Shelf positions can be adjusted freely to accommodate long ladders, bulky equipment cases or small sorted hardware, matching your exact storage layout.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Tall‑Frame Structural Stability\u003c\/strong\u003e: Heavy‑gauge steel uprights and cross bracing are engineered for 2.4m height, maintaining solid stability and safety even when fully loaded.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow‑Maintenance Powder‑Coated Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e: Black coated steel surface resists dust, minor scratches and light stains, easy to wipe clean for long‑term indoor use.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/upright-2400mm-500mm-regular-duty\" title=\"upright-2400mm-500mm-regular-duty\"\u003esteel upright frames (2.4m H)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 or 5  × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-2000w-500d\" title=\"extra-shelf-2000w-500d\"\u003e2m(W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e (matches your selected tier variant)\u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-2000w-500d\" title=\"extra-shelf-2000w-500d\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts, bolts and assembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; height: 156.75px;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"width: 39.9085%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"width: 57.2138%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 39.9085%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 57.2138%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e2m (W) × 2.4m (H) × 0.5m (D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 39.9085%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003ePer Shelf Load Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 57.2138%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e150kg (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 39.9085%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003eTotal Capacity (4‑Tier Variant)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 57.2138%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e600kg (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 39.9085%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003eTotal Capacity (5‑Tier Variant)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 57.2138%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e750kg (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 39.9085%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 57.2138%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003ePowder‑coated carbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 39.9085%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 57.2138%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 39.9085%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003eTier Options\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 57.2138%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e4 adjustable shelves \/ 5 adjustable shelves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this the right size for your space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis 2m wide × 2.4m tall regular‑duty shelving is the optimal choice if you have a wide, high‑ceiling double garage or large dedicated storage room and want maximum storage volume per unit.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eIts 2m width covers more wall space per bay, cutting down the number of units needed for a complete full‑wall storage system, while the 2.4m height makes full use of upper wall area that would otherwise go unused for seasonal and infrequently accessed items.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eChoose \u003ca href=\"\/products\/1-2m-2-4m-0-5m-metal-shelving-800kg-black\"\u003e1.2m\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.appleshelving.com.au\/collections\/shelving-regular-duty\/products\/1-5m-2-4m-0-5m-metal-shelving-800kg-black\"\u003e1.5m wide tall models\u003c\/a\u003e if you have narrow wall sections or limited horizontal space. Opt for our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/1000kg-shelving\"\u003eheavy‑duty 1000kg range\u003c\/a\u003e if you need industrial‑grade load capacity for commercial warehouse use.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eWhat’s the practical difference between the 4‑tier and 5‑tier variants?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eBoth share the same 2.4m total height and 150kg per‑shelf rating. The 5‑tier version adds one extra shelf for more compact storage of small to medium items, while the 4‑tier version leaves taller vertical gaps for bulky equipment and large storage tubs.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eCan I connect multiple 2m wide units to cover an entire garage wall?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eYes, the modular frame design allows seamless end‑to‑end connection of multiple bays. You can extend the storage system to match the exact width of your garage wall for a continuous built‑in look.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eWill I need a ladder to reach the top shelf?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eFor most adults, the top shelf of this 2.4m unit will require a small step ladder for safe access. We recommend storing seasonal items or rarely used equipment on the top tier, and keeping everyday tools and supplies on the middle shelves at waist to chest height.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eDoes every shelf have the same 150kg weight limit?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eYes, all shelves in both the 4‑tier and 5‑tier variants have an identical 150kg per‑shelf load capacity, as long as the weight is distributed evenly across the full shelf surface.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-Year warranty included. For full terms and conditions, visit our \u003ca rel=\"noopener\" href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore our full range of 2m(H) rack in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/2-4m-height-shelving\" title=\"2.4m height shelving collection\"\u003e2.4m(H) Shelving Collection\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca title=\"Visit Showroom\" href=\"https:\/\/www.appleshelving.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003evisit our showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for tailored layout advice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"4-Shelf","offer_id":44833299267746,"sku":"12-23-33","price":195.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5-Shelf","offer_id":44833299300514,"sku":"12-23(1\u00261\/4)-33(1\u00261\/4)","price":235.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/2_2.4_0.5.jpg?v=1723180405"},{"product_id":"1-2m-1-8m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black","title":"1.2m*1.8m*0.6m 1000KG (W*H*D) Steel Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e1.2m*1.8m*0.6m 1000KG (W*H*D) Steel Shelving | 4-Tier Rack, 250kg Per Shelf, 1000kg Total Capacity\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach bay includes four solid, height-adjustable shelves made entirely of steel, offering 250 kg per level and 1000 kg total capacity. The modular frame allows you to join multiple bays to create a long-span unit, or use it as a stand-alone rack for tools, cartons and bulky equipment. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFinished in black powder coating for rust and chemical resistance, that lasts in both home and commercial environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-Duty Load Rating:\u003c\/strong\u003e Supports up to 250kg per shelf and 1000kg total (evenly distributed), ideal for bulky tools, parts and cartons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Shelves:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shelf levels can be positioned at different heights to suit various box, tub and equipment sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Stability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rigid steel uprights and crossbeams provide a stable structure for home or commercial use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Powder-Coated Finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black steel finish is scratch-resistant, corrosion-resistant and easy to clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × \u003ca title=\"upright-1800mm-600mm-heavy-duty\" href=\"\/products\/upright-1800mm-600mm-heavy-duty\"\u003eUprights (frame ends)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1200w-600d-for-1000kg\" title=\"extra-shelf-1200w-600d\"\u003eShelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts and bolts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1200mm (W) × 1800mm (H) × 600mm (D)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Load Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 250kg per shelf (evenly distributed)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1000kg per bay (evenly distributed)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Powder-coated steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-Year warranty included. For full terms and conditions, visit our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore our full range of 1.8m(H) rack in the \u003ca title=\"1.8m height shelving collection\" href=\"\/collections\/1-8m-height-shelving\"\u003e1.8m(H) Shelving Collection\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.appleshelving.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\" title=\"Visit Showroom\"\u003evisit our showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for tailored layout advice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":31281970741386,"sku":"15-24-36","price":145.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/1.2_1.8_0.6_1000kg.jpg?v=1723096521"},{"product_id":"1-5m-1-8m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black","title":"1.5m*1.8m*0.6m 1000KG (W*H*D) Steel Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e1.5m*1.8m*0.6m 1000KG (W*H*D) Steel Shelving | 4-Tier Rack, 250kg Per Shelf, 1000kg Total Capacity\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach bay includes four solid, height-adjustable shelves made entirely of steel, offering 250 kg per level and 1000 kg total capacity. The modular frame allows you to join multiple bays to create a long-span unit, or use it as a stand-alone rack for tools, cartons and bulky equipment. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFinished in black powder coating for rust and chemical resistance, that lasts in both home and commercial environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-Duty Load Rating:\u003c\/strong\u003e Supports up to 250kg per shelf and 1000kg total (evenly distributed), ideal for bulky tools, parts and cartons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Shelves:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shelf levels can be positioned at different heights to suit various box, tub and equipment sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Stability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rigid steel uprights and crossbeams provide a stable structure for home or commercial use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Powder-Coated Finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black steel finish is scratch-resistant, corrosion-resistant and easy to clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/upright-1800mm-600mm-heavy-duty\" title=\"upright-1800mm-600mm-heavy-duty\"\u003eUprights (frame ends)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1500w-600d-for-1000kg\" title=\"extra-shelf-1500w-600d\"\u003eShelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts and bolts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1500mm (W) × 1800mm (H) × 600mm (D)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Load Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 250kg per shelf (evenly distributed)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1000kg per bay (evenly distributed)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Powder-coated steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-Year warranty included. For full terms and conditions, visit our \u003ca rel=\"noopener\" href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore our full range of 1.8m(H) rack in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/1-8m-height-shelving\" title=\"1.8m height shelving collection\"\u003e1.8m(H) Shelving Collection\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca title=\"Visit Showroom\" href=\"https:\/\/www.appleshelving.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003evisit our showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for tailored layout advice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":31281973690506,"sku":"15-25-37","price":155.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/1.5_1.8_0.6_1000kg.jpg?v=1723097306"},{"product_id":"2m-1-8m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black","title":"2m*1.8m*0.6m 1000KG (W*H*D) Steel Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e2m*1.8m*0.6m 1000KG (W*H*D) Steel Shelving | 4-Tier Rack, 250kg Per Shelf, 1000kg Total Capacity\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach bay includes four solid, height-adjustable shelves made entirely of steel, offering 250 kg per level and 1000 kg total capacity. The modular frame allows you to join multiple bays to create a long-span unit, or use it as a stand-alone rack for tools, cartons and bulky equipment. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFinished in black powder coating for rust and chemical resistance, that lasts in both home and commercial environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-Duty Load Rating:\u003c\/strong\u003e Supports up to 250kg per shelf and 1000kg total (evenly distributed), ideal for bulky tools, parts and cartons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Shelves:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shelf levels can be positioned at different heights to suit various box, tub and equipment sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Stability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rigid steel uprights and crossbeams provide a stable structure for home or commercial use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Powder-Coated Finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black steel finish is scratch-resistant, corrosion-resistant and easy to clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/upright-1800mm-600mm-heavy-duty\" title=\"upright-1800mm-600mm-heavy-duty\"\u003eUprights (frame ends)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-2000w-600d-for-1000kg-shelving\" title=\"extra-shelf-2000w-600d\"\u003eShelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts and bolts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2000mm (W) × 1800mm (H) × 600mm (D)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Load Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 250kg per shelf (evenly distributed)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1000kg per bay (evenly distributed)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Powder-coated steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-Year warranty included. For full terms and conditions, visit our \u003ca rel=\"noopener\" href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore our full range of 1.8m(H) rack in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/1-8m-height-shelving\" title=\"1.8m height shelving collection\"\u003e1.8m(H) Shelving Collection\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca title=\"Visit Showroom\" href=\"https:\/\/www.appleshelving.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003evisit our showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for tailored layout advice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":31281976934538,"sku":"15-26-38","price":185.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/2_1.8_0.6_1000kg.jpg?v=1723096558"},{"product_id":"1-2m-2m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black","title":"1.2m*2m*0.6m 1000KG (W*H*D) Steel Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e1.2m*2m*0.6m 1000KG (W*H*D) Steel Shelving | 4-Tier Rack, 250kg Per Shelf, 1000kg Total Capacity\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach bay includes four solid, height-adjustable shelves made entirely of steel, offering 250 kg per level and 1000 kg total capacity. The modular frame allows you to join multiple bays to create a long-span unit, or use it as a stand-alone rack for tools, cartons and bulky equipment. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFinished in black powder coating for rust and chemical resistance, that lasts in both home and commercial environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-Duty Load Rating:\u003c\/strong\u003e Supports up to 250kg per shelf and 1000kg total (evenly distributed), ideal for bulky tools, parts and cartons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Shelves:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shelf levels can be positioned at different heights to suit various box, tub and equipment sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Stability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rigid steel uprights and crossbeams provide a stable structure for home or commercial use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Powder-Coated Finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black steel finish is scratch-resistant, corrosion-resistant and easy to clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/upright-2000h-600d-for-1000kg\" title=\"upright-2000h-600d-for-1000kg\"\u003eUprights (frame ends)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1200w-600d-for-1000kg\" title=\"extra-shelf-1200w-600d\"\u003e1.2m(W) Shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts and bolts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1200mm (W) × 2000mm (H) × 600mm (D)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Load Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 250kg per shelf (evenly distributed)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1000kg per bay (evenly distributed)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Powder-coated steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSteel Thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright – 0.7mm \/ Crossrail – 0.8mm \/ Shelf – 0.45mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-Year warranty included. For full terms and conditions, visit our \u003ca rel=\"noopener\" href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore our full range of 2m(H) rack in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/2m-height-shelving\" title=\"2m height shelving collection\"\u003e2m(H) Shelving Collection\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/2-4m-height-shelving\" title=\"2.4m height shelving collection\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca title=\"Visit Showroom\" href=\"https:\/\/www.appleshelving.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003evisit our showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for tailored layout advice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":31281984536714,"sku":"16-24-36","price":150.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/1.2_2_0.6_1000kg.jpg?v=1718859776"},{"product_id":"1-5m-2m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black","title":"1.5m*2m*0.6m 1000KG (W*H*D) Steel Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e1.5m*2m*0.6m 1000KG (W*H*D) Steel Shelving | 4-Tier Rack, 250kg Per Shelf, 1000kg Total Capacity\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach bay includes four solid, height-adjustable shelves made entirely of steel, offering 250 kg per level and 1000 kg total capacity. The modular frame allows you to join multiple bays to create a long-span unit, or use it as a stand-alone rack for tools, cartons and bulky equipment. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFinished in black powder coating for rust and chemical resistance, that lasts in both home and commercial environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-Duty Load Rating:\u003c\/strong\u003e Supports up to 250kg per shelf and 1000kg total (evenly distributed), ideal for bulky tools, parts and cartons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Shelves:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shelf levels can be positioned at different heights to suit various box, tub and equipment sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Stability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rigid steel uprights and crossbeams provide a stable structure for home or commercial use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Powder-Coated Finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black steel finish is scratch-resistant, corrosion-resistant and easy to clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × \u003ca title=\"upright-2000h-600d-for-1000kg\" href=\"\/products\/upright-2000h-600d-for-1000kg\"\u003eUprights (frame ends)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1500w-600d-for-1000kg\" title=\"extra-shelf-1500w-600d-for-1000kg\"\u003e1.5m(W) Shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts and bolts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1500mm (W) × 2000mm (H) × 600mm (D)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Load Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 250kg per shelf (evenly distributed)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1000kg per bay (evenly distributed)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Powder-coated steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSteel Thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright – 0.7mm \/ Crossrail – 0.8mm \/ Shelf – 0.45mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-Year warranty included. For full terms and conditions, visit our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore our full range of 2m(H) rack in the \u003ca title=\"2m height shelving collection\" href=\"\/collections\/2m-height-shelving\"\u003e2m(H) Shelving Collection\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca title=\"2.4m height shelving collection\" href=\"\/collections\/2-4m-height-shelving\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.appleshelving.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\" title=\"Visit Showroom\"\u003evisit our showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for tailored layout advice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":31281987944586,"sku":"16-25-37","price":160.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/1.5_2_0.6_1000kg.jpg?v=1718859776"},{"product_id":"2m-2m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black-1","title":"2m*2m*0.6m 1000KG (W*H*D) Steel Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e2m*2m*0.6m 1000KG (W*H*D) Steel Shelving | 4-Tier Rack, 250kg Per Shelf, 1000kg Total Capacity\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach bay includes four solid, height-adjustable shelves made entirely of steel, offering 250 kg per level and 1000 kg total capacity. The modular frame allows you to join multiple bays to create a long-span unit, or use it as a stand-alone rack for tools, cartons and bulky equipment. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFinished in black powder coating for rust and chemical resistance, that lasts in both home and commercial environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-Duty Load Rating:\u003c\/strong\u003e Supports up to 250kg per shelf and 1000kg total (evenly distributed), ideal for bulky tools, parts and cartons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Shelves:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shelf levels can be positioned at different heights to suit various box, tub and equipment sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Stability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rigid steel uprights and crossbeams provide a stable structure for home or commercial use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Powder-Coated Finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black steel finish is scratch-resistant, corrosion-resistant and easy to clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × \u003ca title=\"upright-2000h-600d-for-1000kg\" href=\"\/products\/upright-2000h-600d-for-1000kg\"\u003eUprights (frame ends)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-2000w-600d-for-1000kg-shelving\" title=\"extra-shelf-2000w-600d-for-1000kg-shelving\"\u003e2m(W) Shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts and bolts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2000mm (W) × 2000mm (H) × 600mm (D)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Load Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 250kg per shelf (evenly distributed)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1000kg per bay (evenly distributed)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Powder-coated steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSteel Thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright – 0.7mm \/ Crossrail – 0.8mm \/ Shelf – 0.45mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-Year warranty included. For full terms and conditions, visit our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore our full range of 2m(H) rack in the \u003ca title=\"2m height shelving collection\" href=\"\/collections\/2m-height-shelving\"\u003e2m(H) Shelving Collection\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca title=\"2.4m height shelving collection\" href=\"\/collections\/2-4m-height-shelving\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.appleshelving.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\" title=\"Visit Showroom\"\u003evisit our showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for tailored layout advice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"4 Flat Shelves","offer_id":44901220221090,"sku":"16-26-38","price":190.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3 Flat \u0026 1 Mesh","offer_id":44901220253858,"sku":"16-26-38(3\/4)-39(1\/4)","price":220.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2 Flat \u0026 2 Mesh","offer_id":44901220286626,"sku":"16-26-38(2\/4)-39(2\/4)","price":240.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/2_2_0.6_1000kg.jpg?v=1718859776"},{"product_id":"2m-2-4m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black","title":"2m*2.4m*0.6m 1000KG (W*H*D) Steel Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e2m*2.4m*0.6m 1000KG (W*H*D) Steel Shelving | 4-Tier Rack, 250kg Per Shelf, 1000kg Total Capacity\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach bay includes four solid, height-adjustable shelves made entirely of steel, offering 250 kg per level and 1000 kg total capacity. The modular frame allows you to join multiple bays to create a long-span unit, or use it as a stand-alone rack for tools, cartons and bulky equipment. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFinished in black powder coating for rust and chemical resistance, that lasts in both home and commercial environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-Duty Load Rating:\u003c\/strong\u003e Supports up to 250kg per shelf and 1000kg total (evenly distributed), ideal for bulky tools, parts and cartons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Shelves:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shelf levels can be positioned at different heights to suit various box, tub and equipment sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Stability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rigid steel uprights and crossbeams provide a stable structure for home or commercial use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Powder-Coated Finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black steel finish is scratch-resistant, corrosion-resistant and easy to clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/upright-2400mm-600mm-heavy-duty\" title=\"upright-2400h-600d\"\u003eUprights (frame ends)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca title=\"extra-shelf-2000w-600d-for-1000kg-shelving\" href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-2000w-600d-for-1000kg-shelving\"\u003e2m(W) Shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts and bolts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2000mm (W) × 2400mm (H) × 600mm (D)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Load Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 250kg per shelf (evenly distributed)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1000kg per bay (evenly distributed)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Powder-coated steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSteel Thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright – 0.7mm \/ Crossrail – 0.8mm \/ Shelf – 0.45mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-Year warranty included. For full terms and conditions, visit our \u003ca rel=\"noopener\" href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore our full range of 2.4m(H) rack in the \u003ca title=\"2.4m height shelving collection\" href=\"\/collections\/2-4m-height-shelving\"\u003e2.4m(H) Shelving Collection\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca title=\"Visit Showroom\" href=\"https:\/\/www.appleshelving.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003evisit our showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for tailored layout advice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"4-Shelf","offer_id":46304640237730,"sku":"17-26-38","price":210.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5-Shelf","offer_id":46304640270498,"sku":"17-26(1\u00261\/4)-38(1\u00261\/4)","price":250.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/2_2.4_0.6.jpg?v=1723180524"},{"product_id":"1-5m-2-4m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black","title":"1.5m*2.4m*0.6m 1000KG (W*H*D) Steel Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e1.5m*2.4m*0.6m 1000KG (W*H*D) Steel Shelving | 4-Tier Rack, 250kg Per Shelf, 1000kg Total Capacity\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach bay includes four solid, height-adjustable shelves made entirely of steel, offering 250 kg per level and 1000 kg total capacity. The modular frame allows you to join multiple bays to create a long-span unit, or use it as a stand-alone rack for tools, cartons and bulky equipment. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFinished in black powder coating for rust and chemical resistance, that lasts in both home and commercial environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-Duty Load Rating:\u003c\/strong\u003e Supports up to 250kg per shelf and 1000kg total (evenly distributed), ideal for bulky tools, parts and cartons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Shelves:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shelf levels can be positioned at different heights to suit various box, tub and equipment sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Stability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rigid steel uprights and crossbeams provide a stable structure for home or commercial use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Powder-Coated Finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black steel finish is scratch-resistant, corrosion-resistant and easy to clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × \u003ca title=\"upright-2400h-600d\" href=\"\/products\/upright-2400mm-600mm-heavy-duty\"\u003eUprights (frame ends)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1500w-600d-for-1000kg\" title=\"extra-shelf-1500w-600d\"\u003e1.5m(W) Shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts and bolts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1200mm (W) × 2400mm (H) × 600mm (D)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Load Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 250kg per shelf (evenly distributed)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1000kg per bay (evenly distributed)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Powder-coated steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSteel Thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright – 0.7mm \/ Crossrail – 0.8mm \/ Shelf – 0.45mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-Year warranty included. For full terms and conditions, visit our \u003ca rel=\"noopener\" href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore our full range of 2.4m(H) rack in the \u003ca title=\"2.4m height shelving collection\" href=\"\/collections\/2-4m-height-shelving\"\u003e2.4m(H) Shelving Collection\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca title=\"Visit Showroom\" href=\"https:\/\/www.appleshelving.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003evisit our showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for tailored layout advice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"4-Shelf","offer_id":46304643317922,"sku":"17-25-37","price":180.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5-Shelf","offer_id":46304643350690,"sku":"17-25(1\u00261\/4)-37(1\u00261\/4)","price":215.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/1.5_2.4_0.6.jpg?v=1723180303"},{"product_id":"1-2m-2-4m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black","title":"1.2m*2.4m*0.6m 1000KG (W*H*D) Steel Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e1.2m*2.4m*0.6m 1000KG (W*H*D) Steel Shelving | 4-Tier Rack, 250kg Per Shelf, 1000kg Total Capacity\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach bay includes four solid, height-adjustable shelves made entirely of steel, offering 250 kg per level and 1000 kg total capacity. The modular frame allows you to join multiple bays to create a long-span unit, or use it as a stand-alone rack for tools, cartons and bulky equipment. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFinished in black powder coating for rust and chemical resistance, that lasts in both home and commercial environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-Duty Load Rating:\u003c\/strong\u003e Supports up to 250kg per shelf and 1000kg total (evenly distributed), ideal for bulky tools, parts and cartons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Shelves:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shelf levels can be positioned at different heights to suit various box, tub and equipment sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Stability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rigid steel uprights and crossbeams provide a stable structure for home or commercial use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Powder-Coated Finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black steel finish is scratch-resistant, corrosion-resistant and easy to clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × \u003ca title=\"upright-2400h-600d\" href=\"\/products\/upright-2400mm-600mm-heavy-duty\"\u003eUprights (frame ends)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1200w-600d-for-1000kg\" title=\"extra-shelf-1200w-600d\"\u003e1.2m(W) Shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts and bolts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1200mm (W) × 2400mm (H) × 600mm (D)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Load Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 250kg per shelf (evenly distributed)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1000kg per bay (evenly distributed)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Powder-coated steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSteel Thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright – 0.7mm \/ Crossrail – 0.8mm \/ Shelf – 0.45mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-Year warranty included. For full terms and conditions, visit our \u003ca rel=\"noopener\" href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore our full range of 2.4m(H) rack in the \u003ca title=\"2.4m height shelving collection\" href=\"\/collections\/2-4m-height-shelving\"\u003e2.4m(H) Shelving Collection\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca title=\"Visit Showroom\" href=\"https:\/\/www.appleshelving.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003evisit our showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for tailored layout advice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"4-Shelf","offer_id":46304642334882,"sku":"17-24-36","price":170.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5-Shelf","offer_id":46304642367650,"sku":"17-24(1\u00261\/4)-36(1\u00261\/4)","price":200.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/1.2_2.4_0.6.jpg?v=1723180002"},{"product_id":"1-5m-1-8m-0-6m-metal-shelving-800kg-black","title":"1.5m*1.8m*0.6m 800KG (W*H*D) Steel Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e1.5m*1.8m*0.6m Deep steel Garage Shelving 800kg |\u003c\/span\u003e 4-Tier Rack, 200kg Per Shelf | Apple Shelving\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis 1.5‑metre wide, 1.8‑metre tall regular‑duty steel shelving unit features an extended 0.6m depth, designed for Australian garages and small workshops that need extra front‑to‑back storage space for bulky items.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith 800kg total load capacity and 200kg per evenly‑loaded shelf, this deep‑profile steel storage rack easily accommodates large plastic storage tubs, heavy tool chests, gardening equipment and oversized cartons that standard 0.5m deep racks cannot fully support.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eIts modular frame works as a standalone unit, or can be connected with additional bays to build a continuous storage system along your garage wall.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNote: \u003c\/strong\u003eFor industrial warehouse storage requiring 1000kg load capacity, explore our full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/1000kg-shelving\"\u003eheavy‑duty shelving range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e0.6m Extended Depth Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: 100mm deeper than standard 0.5m shelving, providing more front‑to‑back space to fit large Australian‑size storage tubs, wide toolboxes and bulky equipment without items hanging over the shelf edge.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e800kg Regular‑Duty Load Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e: Each tier supports 200kg with even weight distribution, suitable for medium‑heavy tools, spare parts, household supplies and light commercial inventory.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFully Adjustable Shelf Heights\u003c\/strong\u003e: Shelf positions can be repositioned freely to match the height of your stored items, from small hardware organisers to tall equipment cases.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Stable Frame Structure\u003c\/strong\u003e: Heavy‑gauge steel uprights and cross bracing deliver solid structural stability, with the deeper base adding extra tilt resistance for heavier loads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow‑Maintenance Powder‑Coated Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e: Black coated steel surface resists dust, minor scratches and light stains, easy to wipe clean for long‑term indoor use.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/upright-1800mm-600mm-regular-duty\" title=\"upright-1800mm-600mm-regular-duty\"\u003esteel upright frames (1.8m H)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1500w-600d-for-800kg\" title=\"extra shelf\"\u003e1.5m (W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts, bolts and assembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5m (W) × 1.8m (H) × 0.6m (D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf Load Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200kg per shelf (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal Bay Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800kg (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder‑coated carbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 adjustable levels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this the right size for your space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis 1.5m wide × 1.8m tall × 0.6m deep regular‑duty shelving is the best choice if standard 0.5m deep racks are too shallow to hold your storage tubs, tool chests or large equipment.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe extra 100mm of depth lets items sit fully on the shelf without overhanging, reducing tipping risks and creating a neater, safer storage setup. It fits perfectly along standard single garage walls, in dedicated workshop spaces and in large home storage rooms.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eChoose our standard \u003ca href=\"\/products\/1-5m-1-8m-0-5m-metal-shelving-800kg-black\"\u003e0.5m deep models\u003c\/a\u003e if you have limited walkway space and need a slimmer profile. Opt for \u003ca href=\"\/products\/2m-1-8m-0-6m-metal-shelving-800kg-black\"\u003ewider 2m deep shelving\u003c\/a\u003e if you need full‑wall coverage for a double garage.\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\nFor industrial‑grade heavy loads, explore our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/1000kg-shelving\"\u003eheavy‑duty 1000kg range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhat’s the main difference between this 0.6m deep rack and the standard 0.5m version?\u003cbr\u003eThis model adds 100mm of front‑to‑back depth. It is designed to fully hold larger 100L+ Australian storage tubs and wide tool chests, so items do not hang over the front edge of the shelf.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoes the extra depth make the unit less stable?\u003cbr\u003eNo. The deeper frame actually creates a wider base footprint, which improves overall stability and resistance to tipping, especially when storing heavier items towards the front of each shelf.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan I still join multiple 0.6m deep bays together side by side?\u003cbr\u003eYes, the modular connection system works the same way. You can link multiple bays end‑to‑end to create a continuous deep‑storage wall that matches the length of your space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhat size storage tubs fit best on these 0.6m deep shelves?\u003cbr\u003eMost 80L to 120L standard Australian plastic storage tubs fit comfortably front‑to‑back, with room left at the back for smaller items or to keep the shelf tidy and organised.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/1-8m-height-shelving\"\u003e1.8m‑height Shelving Collection\u003c\/a\u003e to compare different widths and depth options. Visit \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/about-us\"\u003eour showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for personalised garage storage layout advice tailored to your space. All our regular‑duty racks come with a 2‑year manufacturer warranty — see the \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page for full terms.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":33896689238154,"sku":"13-22-34","price":145.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/1.5_1.8_0.6_800kg.jpg?v=1723097473"},{"product_id":"2m-1-8m-0-6m-metal-shelving-800kg-black","title":"2m*1.8m*0.6m 800KG (W*H*D) Steel Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e2m x 1.8m x 0.6m Wide Deep Garage Shelving 800KG | 4-Tier Rack, 200kg Per Shelf | Apple Shelving\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis 2‑metre wide, 1.8‑metre tall steel shelving unit features an extended 0.6m depth, built for wide blank walls in Australian double garages, large sheds and home workshops that need both broad coverage and deep front‑to‑back storage.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith 800kg total load capacity and 200kg per evenly‑loaded shelf, this wide deep storage rack easily holds rows of large plastic storage tubs, heavy tool chests, gardening equipment and oversized cartons that narrower or shallower racks cannot accommodate.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe modular frame works as a standalone unit, or can be joined with additional bays to build a seamless full‑wall storage system along your entire garage wall.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eNote: For industrial warehouse use with 1000kg load requirements, explore our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/1000kg-shelving\"\u003eheavy‑duty shelving range\u003c\/a\u003e for commercial‑grade strength.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2m Broad Width + 0.6m Extended Depth\u003c\/strong\u003e: Combines wide horizontal coverage with extra front‑to‑back space. One single bay covers more wall area and fully supports large Australian‑size storage tubs without items overhanging the shelf edge.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e200kg Per Shelf, 800kg Total Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e: Each tier safely holds 200kg with even weight distribution, suitable for medium‑heavy tools, spare parts, household supplies and light workshop inventory.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFully Adjustable Shelf Layout\u003c\/strong\u003e: Shelf positions can be repositioned freely to match the height of your stored items, from small hardware organisers to tall equipment cases and ladders.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Stable Frame Structure\u003c\/strong\u003e: Heavy‑gauge steel uprights and cross bracing deliver solid structural stability. The deeper base footprint also improves tilt resistance for heavier front‑loaded items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Powder‑Coated Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e: Black coated steel surface resists dust, minor scratches and light stains, easy to wipe clean for long‑term indoor use.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × \u003ca title=\"upright-1800mm-600mm-regular-duty\" href=\"\/products\/upright-1800mm-600mm-regular-duty\"\u003esteel upright frames (1.8m H)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-2000w-600d-for-800kg\" title=\"extra shelf\"\u003e2m (W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts, bolts and assembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2m (W) × 1.8m (H) × 0.6m (D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf Load Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200kg per shelf (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal Bay Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800kg (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder‑coated carbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 adjustable levels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this the right size for your space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis 2m wide × 1.8m tall × 0.6m deep shelving unit is ideal if you have a double garage with wide empty walls, and find standard 0.5m deep racks too shallow for your largest storage containers.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe 2m width means you need fewer bays to cover an entire wall, creating a cleaner, more seamless look. The 1.8m height fits most standard Australian garage ceilings comfortably, with easy access to all shelves without needing a step ladder for everyday items.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eChoose our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/1-5m-1-8m-0-6m-metal-shelving-800kg-black\"\u003e1.5m wide deep model\u003c\/a\u003e if you have narrower wall sections. Opt for \u003ca href=\"\/products\/2m-1-8m-0-5m-metal-shelving-600kg-black\"\u003e0.5m standard depth shelving\u003c\/a\u003e if walkway space is very limited. For high‑ceiling spaces, our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/2-4m-height-shelving\"\u003e2.4m tall range\u003c\/a\u003e offers extra vertical storage capacity.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eHow does this 0.6m deep model differ from the 2m wide 0.5m deep version?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis model adds 100mm of front‑to‑back depth. It is designed to fully hold 100L+ oversized storage tubs and wide tool chests, so nothing hangs over the front edge and creates a tipping hazard.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eHow many large storage tubs can fit on one 2m wide shelf?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eMost standard 100L Australian plastic storage tubs fit 3 to 4 side by side on the 2m wide shelf, with full front‑to‑back support thanks to the 0.6m depth.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eWill this 1.8m tall unit fit under a standard roller door?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eYes. Most Australian residential garages have an internal ceiling height of 2.1m or more, so this 1.8m unit fits comfortably with clearance above, even under the roller door track.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eDoes the extra depth take up a lot of walkway space?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe 0.6m depth extends 100mm further than standard shelving. For most double garages with side‑wall storage, this still leaves plenty of walkway room, but it is worth measuring your available space before ordering.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/1-8m-height-shelving\"\u003e1.8m height shelving collection\u003c\/a\u003e to compare different widths and depth options. Visit \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/about-us\"\u003eour showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for personalised double garage storage layout advice tailored to your space. All our steel racks come with a 2‑year manufacturer warranty — see the \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page for full terms.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":33896717418634,"sku":"13-23-35","price":175.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/2_1.8_0.6_800kg.jpg?v=1723097893"},{"product_id":"1-5m-2m-0-6m-metal-shelving-800kg-black-2","title":"1.5m*2m*0.6m 800KG (W*H*D) Steel Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e1.5m x 2m x0.6m Deep Steel Storage Rack 800kg | 4-Tier Rack, 200kg Per Shelf | Apple Shelving\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis 1.5‑metre wide, 2‑metre tall steel shelving unit features an extended 0.6m depth, designed for Australian single garages and medium storage rooms where you want both extra vertical capacity and deeper front‑to‑back storage without taking up excessive wall width.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith 800kg total load capacity and 200kg per evenly‑loaded shelf, this tall deep storage rack comfortably holds oversized plastic tubs, tall tool chests, gardening equipment and bulky cartons — combining the vertical space of a 2m tall frame with the deep holding power of a 0.6m deep shelf.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eIts modular frame works as a standalone unit, or can be joined with additional bays to extend storage along longer walls as needed.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNote: \u003c\/strong\u003eFor commercial warehouse use requiring 1000kg heavy‑load performance, explore our industrial‑grade \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/1000kg-shelving\"\u003eheavy‑duty shelving range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBalanced 1.5m Width + 2m Height + 0.6m Depth\u003c\/strong\u003e: A versatile middle‑ground size that fits most standard single garage walls. It adds 200mm of extra vertical storage compared to 1.8m tall models, plus 100mm extra depth compared to standard 0.5m shelving, without needing a full 2m wide wall section.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e200kg Per Shelf, 800kg Total Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e: Each tier safely supports 200kg with even weight distribution, suitable for medium‑heavy tools, spare parts, seasonal supplies and light workshop inventory.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFully Adjustable Shelf Heights\u003c\/strong\u003e: Shelf positions can be repositioned freely to create tall gaps for long‑handled tools and equipment cases, or compact layers for sorted small parts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Stable Tall Frame\u003c\/strong\u003e: Heavy‑gauge steel uprights and cross bracing deliver solid structural stability. The deeper 0.6m base footprint also improves tilt resistance, even at the 2m height with fully loaded upper shelves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Low‑Maintenance Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e: Black powder‑coated steel surface resists dust, minor scratches and light stains, easy to wipe clean for long‑term indoor use.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/upright-2000mm-600mm-regular-duty\" title=\"upright-2000mm-600mm-regular-duty\"\u003esteel upright frames (2m H)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca title=\"1.5m extra shelf\" href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1500w-600d-for-800kg\"\u003e1.5m (W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts, bolts and assembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5m (W) × 2m (H) × 0.6m (D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf Load Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200kg per shelf (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal Bay Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800kg (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder‑coated carbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 adjustable levels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this the right size for your space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis 1.5m wide × 2m tall × 0.6m deep shelving unit is the sweet spot if you have a standard single garage with decent ceiling height, and find standard 0.5m deep racks too shallow for your largest storage tubs.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe 1.5m width fits neatly beside a parked car or alongside a workbench, while the 2m height makes full use of typical garage ceiling space without requiring a tall ladder for regular access. The 0.6m depth ensures large tubs and toolboxes sit fully on the shelf with no overhang.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eChoose our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/2m-1-8m-0-6m-metal-shelving-800kg-black\"\u003e1.8m tall deep model\u003c\/a\u003e if you have lower ceilings. Opt for the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/2m-2m-0-6m-metal-shelving-800kg-black\"\u003e2m wide tall deep version\u003c\/a\u003e if you have a double garage with wider blank walls. For tight narrow spaces, our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/shelving-regular-duty\"\u003e1.2m wide tall shelving range\u003c\/a\u003e works best.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eWhat’s the difference between this and the 1.5m × 1.8m × 0.6m deep model?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis model is 200mm taller. It adds extra vertical storage space for taller items or an additional of lighter goods, while keeping the same 1.5m width and 0.6m depth footprint.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eIs the 2m tall frame still stable with the extra 0.6m depth?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eYes. The deeper 0.6m base actually widens the overall footprint, which improves balance and reduces tipping risk compared to slimmer 0.5m deep tall racks.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eWill this fit next to a standard single garage workbench?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eYes. The 1.5m width aligns well with most standard workbench sizes, and the 0.6m depth matches typical workbench depth, creating a cohesive storage and work area setup.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eDo I need a step ladder to reach the top shelf?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eMost adults can reach the top shelf for lighter items without a ladder, but for safe loading and unloading of heavier goods, a small step stool is recommended. We suggest storing lighter, less frequently used items on the top tier.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/2m-height-shelving\"\u003e2m height shelving collection\u003c\/a\u003e to compare different widths and depth options. Visit \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/about-us\"\u003eour showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for personalised single garage storage layout advice tailored to your space. All our steel storage racks come with a 2‑year manufacturer warranty — see the \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page for full terms.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":33896740061322,"sku":"14-22-34","price":150.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/1.5_2_0.6_800kg.jpg?v=1718944848"},{"product_id":"2m-2m-0-6m-metal-shelving-800kg-black","title":"2m*2m*0.6m 800KG (W*H*D) Steel Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e2m x 2m x 0.6m Wide Tall Deep Garage Shelving 800kg | 4-Tier Rack, 200kg Per Shelf | Apple Shelving\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis 2‑metre wide, 2‑metre tall steel shelving unit with 0.6m extended depth is built for large blank walls in Australian double garages, big backyard sheds and spacious home workshops, delivering maximum storage volume per single bay.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith 800kg total load capacity and 200kg per evenly‑loaded shelf, this wide tall deep storage rack easily accommodates rows of oversized plastic tubs, heavy tool chests, long gardening equipment and bulky cartons, combining broad horizontal coverage, extra vertical space and deep front‑to‑back holding power in one unit.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eIts modular frame works as a standalone storage solution, or can be joined with additional bays to build a seamless full‑wall storage system across your entire garage wall.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNote: \u003c\/strong\u003eFor commercial warehouse use requiring 1000kg heavy‑load performance, explore our industrial‑grade \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/1000kg-shelving\"\u003eheavy‑duty shelving range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2m Width + 2m Height + 0.6m Depth Max Volume Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: The largest single‑bay size in the regular capacity range. One unit covers more wall area and holds bigger items than narrower or shallower models, reducing the number of bays needed for a complete garage storage setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e200kg Per Shelf, 800kg Total Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e: Each tier safely supports 200kg with even weight distribution, suitable for medium‑heavy tools, spare parts, seasonal supplies and light workshop inventory.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFully Customisable Shelf Layout\u003c\/strong\u003e: Shelf positions can be adjusted freely to create tall vertical gaps for ladders and equipment cases, or compact layers for sorted small hardware and accessories.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Stable Tall Frame\u003c\/strong\u003e: Heavy‑gauge steel uprights and cross bracing deliver solid structural stability. The 0.6m deep base footprint widens the overall balance, reducing tipping risk even at the 2m height with fully loaded upper shelves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Low‑Maintenance Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e: Black powder‑coated steel surface resists dust, minor scratches and light stains, easy to wipe clean for long‑term indoor use.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/upright-2000mm-600mm-regular-duty\" title=\"upright-2000mm-600mm-regular-duty\"\u003esteel upright frames (2m H)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-2000w-600d-for-800kg\" title=\"extra shelf\"\u003e2m (W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts, bolts and assembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2m (W) × 2m (H) × 0.6m (D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf Load Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200kg per shelf (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal Bay Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800kg (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder‑coated carbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 adjustable levels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this the right size for your space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis 2m wide × 2m tall × 0.6m deep shelving unit is the best choice if you have a double garage with wide, high empty walls and want to maximise total storage volume with fewer individual units.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe 2m width covers more wall space per bay, creating a cleaner, more seamless look when installed end‑to‑end. The 2m height makes full use of standard Australian garage ceiling space, while the 0.6m depth ensures large 100L+ storage tubs sit completely on the shelf with no dangerous overhang.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eChoose the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/1-5m-2m-0-6m-metal-shelving-800kg-black-2\"\u003e1.5m wide tall deep model\u003c\/a\u003e if you have a single garage with narrower wall space. Opt for the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/2m-1-8m-0-6m-metal-shelving-800kg-black\"\u003e2m wide 1.8m tall deep version\u003c\/a\u003e if your ceiling is lower. For tight narrow spaces, our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/shelving-regular-duty\"\u003e1.2m wide tall shelving range\u003c\/a\u003e works best.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eHow is this different from the 2m × 1.8m × 0.6m deep shelving?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis model adds 200mm of extra height. It provides more vertical storage space for taller items or can be configured with an additional tier for lighter goods, while keeping the same 2m width and 0.6m depth footprint.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eHow many large 100L storage tubs fit on one 2m wide shelf?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eYou can fit 3 to 4 standard 100L Australian plastic storage tubs side by side on the 2m wide shelf, with full front‑to‑back support thanks to the 0.6m depth.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eCan multiple bays be joined to cover an entire double garage wall?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eYes. The modular frame design allows seamless end‑to‑end connection. You can line up multiple 2m wide units to create a continuous built‑in look storage wall that spans the full length of your garage.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eIs the top shelf easy to reach for everyday items?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eMost adults can reach the top shelf for lighter items without a ladder, but for safe loading of heavier goods, a small step stool is recommended. We suggest storing seasonal or rarely used items on the top tier.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-Year warranty included. For full terms and conditions, visit our \u003ca rel=\"noopener\" href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore our full range of 2m(H) rack in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/2m-height-shelving\" title=\"2m height shelving collection\"\u003e2m(H) Shelving Collection\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca title=\"Visit Showroom\" href=\"https:\/\/www.appleshelving.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003evisit our showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for tailored layout advice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":33896755888266,"sku":"14-23-35","price":180.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/2_2_0.6_800kg.jpg?v=1718944836"},{"product_id":"4m-2m-0-5m-1200kg-connecting-shelving","title":"4m*2m*0.5m 1200KG (W*H*D) Connecting Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e4m x 2m x 0.5m LongSpan Metal Shelving 1200KG 2-bays Storage Rack | Apple Shelving\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 4‑metre tall regular‑duty \u003cstrong\u003eLongSpan metal shelving\u003c\/strong\u003e unit is a complete \u003ca href=\"\/products\/2m-2m-0-5m-metal-shelving-600kg-black\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2‑bays storage rack\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e system, engineered for high‑ceiling double garages, large workshops and light commercial spaces across Australia.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith 1200kg total load capacity and 150kg per evenly‑loaded shelf across 4 tiers per bay, this tall longspan rack unlocks 200mm of extra vertical storage compared to standard 1.8m models, making full use of unused upper wall space for seasonal items, bulky equipment and stacked storage tubs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis unit stands independently as a complete 4m storage run, and can be further extended with additional matching add‑on bays to fit the full length of your wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote: \u003c\/strong\u003eFor industrial warehouse use requiring higher heavy‑load longspan systems, explore our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/4m-2m-0-6m-2000kg-connecting-shelving\"\u003eheavy‑duty connecting shelving range\u003c\/a\u003e for commercial‑grade strength.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4m LongSpan 2‑Bays Integrated Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: Two 2m wide bays joined by one shared central upright, forming a seamless 4m continuous metal shelving run. The shared upright design creates a gap‑free built‑in look and reduces overall cost compared to two separate standalone units.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1200kg Total Regular‑Duty Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e: 150kg per shelf (evenly distributed per bay), 4 tiers across two bays for 1200kg total load, suitable for everyday garage tools, storage tubs, spare parts and light workshop inventory.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2m Extra Tall Vertical Storage\u003c\/strong\u003e: 200mm taller than standard 1.8m high racks, maximising storage volume in high‑ceiling spaces and accommodating taller items like vacuum cleaners, step ladders and long‑handled gardening tools.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndependently Adjustable Shelf Layouts\u003c\/strong\u003e: All 8 solid steel shelves can be repositioned separately, so you can customise height configurations on each bay to fit boxes, tubs and equipment of varying sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Powder‑Coated Metal Build\u003c\/strong\u003e: High‑grade carbon steel frame with black powder‑coated finish, resistant to scratches, dust and minor stains, built for long‑term indoor use in garages and workshops.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/upright-2000mm-500mm-regular-duty\"\u003esteel upright frames (2m H)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-2000w-500d\"\u003e2m (W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts, bolts and assembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eNote: This is a complete freestanding 2‑bay longspan system. It can stand on its own, or be extended with additional add‑on bays for longer storage runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4m (W) × 2m (H) × 0.5m (D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePer Shelf Load Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150kg per bay (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal System Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1200kg total (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder‑coated carbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf Count\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 adjustable shelves (4 tiers across 2 bays)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eComplete 2‑bay longspan metal shelving (freestanding, expandable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this the right size for your space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 4m 2‑bay tall longspan metal shelving system is the ideal choice if you have a high‑ceiling double garage with a roughly 4‑metre long blank wall, and want extra vertical storage capacity beyond standard height racks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 2m height makes full use of typical Australian garage ceiling space, adding significantly more total storage volume than 1.8m tall models, while the 4m width covers a large wall section in one seamless unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/4m-1-8m-0-5m-1200kg-connecting-shelving\"\u003e1.8m tall 4m longspan model\u003c\/a\u003e if you have lower ceilings. Opt for our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/4m-2m-0-6m-1600kg-connecting-shelving\"\u003e0.6m deep tall longspan range\u003c\/a\u003e if you need extra front‑to‑back depth for oversized storage tubs and heavy tool chests. For even longer walls, you can add extra matching add‑on bays to extend the system further.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhat are the benefits of a 2‑bay longspan system over two separate single bays? \u003cbr\u003eA 2‑bay longspan unit shares one central upright instead of using two separate end uprights. This lowers total cost, reduces installation time and creates a gap‑free continuous shelf surface with a cleaner, more integrated appearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhat minimum ceiling height do I need for this 2m tall metal shelving? \u003cbr\u003eWe recommend at least 2.1m of clear internal ceiling height to leave a small safety gap above the rack and allow safe placement and removal of items on the top shelf.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan I add more bays to this 2‑bay rack later on?\u003cbr\u003e Yes, the system is fully modular. You can purchase additional matching 2m(H) × 0.5m(D) add‑on bays at any time to extend the continuous storage run to fit the exact length of your wall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIs the 2m tall 4m long system stable when fully loaded? \u003cbr\u003eNo. The extended 4m base footprint creates a wide, stable foundation, and the reinforced cross bracing is engineered for 2m height. For maximum safety, always place heavier items on lower shelves and lighter, less frequently used goods on upper tiers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-Year warranty included. For full terms and conditions, visit our \u003ca rel=\"noopener\" href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore other configurations in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/4m-long-connecting-shelving\" title=\"4m-long-connecting-shelving\"\u003e4m Connecting Shelving\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca title=\"5.5m-long-connecting-shelving\" href=\"pleshelving.com.au\/collections\/5-5m-long-connecting-shelving\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca title=\"Visit Showroom\" href=\"https:\/\/www.appleshelving.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003evisit our showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for layout advice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":33913706184842,"sku":"11(1\u00261\/2)-23X2-33X2","price":335.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/4_2_0.5.jpg?v=1718932776"},{"product_id":"4m-2m-0-6m-1600kg-connecting-shelving","title":"4m*2m*0.6m 1600KG (W*H*D) Connecting Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e4m x 2m x 0.6m Tall Deep Longspan Shelving Add-On Bay 1600kg | Apple Shelving\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis 4‑metre wide regular‑duty tall deep longspan add‑on bay is built for long, high‑ceiling walls in Australian garages, large sheds and light commercial workshops, combining extended horizontal coverage, extra vertical capacity and deep front‑to‑back storage in one connected system.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eIt joins \u003cstrong\u003etwo \u003ca href=\"\/products\/2m-2m-0-6m-metal-shelving-800kg-black\"\u003e2m(W) bays\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e with one shared central upright, delivering 1600kg total load capacity — 200kg per evenly‑loaded shelf across 4 tiers per bay. The 2m extra height unlocks unused upper wall space, while the 0.6m extended depth fully supports oversized storage tubs and heavy tool chests. The shared upright design reduces costs and creates a seamless, gap‑free storage run with a clean built‑in look.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis connecting unit must be paired with a matching 2m(H) × 0.6m(D) starter bay to form a complete freestanding shelving system, and is fully compatible with all 2m(H) × 0.6m(D) regular‑duty shelving in our range.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNote: \u003c\/strong\u003eFor industrial warehouse use requiring 2000kg heavy‑load longspan systems, explore our \u003ca href=\"\/4m-2m-0-6m-2000kg-connecting-shelving\"\u003eheavy‑duty connecting shelving range for commercial‑grade strength\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2m Tall + 0.6m Deep + 4m Longspan Add‑On Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: The largest regular‑capacity connecting size for high‑ceiling spaces. It adds 200mm of vertical storage compared to 1.8m tall models, plus 100mm extra depth compared to standard 0.5m deep racks, all in a seamless connected format.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1600kg Total Regular‑Duty Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e: 200kg per shelf (evenly distributed per bay), 4 tiers across two bays for 1600kg total load, ideal for medium‑heavy tools, spare parts, large containers and seasonal household goods.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndependently Adjustable Shelf Layouts\u003c\/strong\u003e: All 8 solid steel shelves can be repositioned separately, so you can customise height configurations on each 2m section to fit tall equipment, bulky tubs and small hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Stable Tall Deep Frame\u003c\/strong\u003e: Heavy‑gauge steel uprights and cross bracing deliver solid structural stability. The 0.6m deep base widens the overall footprint, improving balance and tilt resistance even at 2m height with fully loaded upper shelves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull Modular Compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e: 100% compatible with all 2m(H) × 0.6m(D) regular‑duty shelving frames in our range, so you can keep extending your tall deep storage system as your needs grow.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 ×\u003ca href=\"\/products\/upright-2000mm-600mm-regular-duty\"\u003e steel upright frames (2m H)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-2000w-600d-for-800kg\"\u003e2m (W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts, bolts and assembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNote: \u003c\/strong\u003eThis is a complete freestanding 2‑bay system. It can stand on its own, or be extended with additional add‑on bays for longer storage runs.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4m (W) × 2m (H) × 0.6m (D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePer Shelf Load Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200kg per bay (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal System Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1600kg total (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder‑coated carbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf Count\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 adjustable shelves (4 tiers across 2 bays)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdd‑on \/ connecting unit (requires starter bay for standalone use)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this the right size for your space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis 4m × 2m × 0.6m longspan shelving system is the optimal choice if you have a high‑ceiling double garage with a long empty wall, and want a seamless continuous storage solution with maximum volume per unit.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe 4m width covers a large wall section in one unit, creating a clean gap‑free look. The 2m height makes full use of standard Australian garage ceiling space, while the 0.6m depth ensures large 100L+ storage tubs sit completely on the shelf with no dangerous overhang.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eChoose our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/4m-1-8m-0-6m-1600kg-connecting-shelving\"\u003e1.8m tall deep longspan model\u003c\/a\u003e if you have lower ceilings. Opt for the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/4m-2m-0-5m-1200kg-connecting-shelving\"\u003e0.5m standard depth range\u003c\/a\u003e if walkway space is very limited. For even longer walls, you can add extra add‑on bays to extend the system further.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eIs this 4m unit a complete standalone system, or do I need extra parts?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis is a full freestanding 2‑bay system with 3 upright frames. It stands on its own right out of the box, and you do not need to purchase a separate starter bay. You can also add more add‑on bays later if you want to extend the run.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eHow much extra storage does the 2m tall version offer compared to the 1.8m model?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis 2m tall unit adds 200mm of vertical space per bay. This translates to taller compartment gaps for bulky equipment, or the option to add an extra shelf tier for lighter items, significantly increasing total storage volume.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eWill the 2m height make the long 4m system less stable?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eNo. The 0.6m deep base creates a wide, stable footprint, and the reinforced cross bracing is engineered for 2m height. For maximum safety, always place heavier items on lower shelves and lighter goods on upper tiers.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eCan I add more bays to this 4m system later on?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eYes. The system is fully modular. You can purchase additional matching add‑on bays at any time to extend the continuous storage run to fit the exact length of your wall.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-Year warranty included. For full terms and conditions, visit our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore other configurations in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/4m-long-connecting-shelving\" title=\"4m-long-connecting-shelving\"\u003e4m Connecting Shelving\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.appleshelving.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\" title=\"Visit Showroom\"\u003evisit our showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for layout advice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":33914028753034,"sku":"14(1\u00261\/2)-23X2-35X2","price":345.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/4_2_0.6_800kg.jpg?v=1718945763"},{"product_id":"4m-2m-0-6m-2000kg-connecting-shelving","title":"4m*2m*0.6m 2000KG (W*H*D) Connecting Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e4m x 2m x 0.6m 2000KG Connecting Unit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 4m-wide connecting unit combines \u003cstrong\u003etwo \u003ca href=\"\/products\/2m-2m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black-1\" title=\"2m-2m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg\"\u003e2m(W) bays\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e, sharing one central upright to form a continuous long-span shelving system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt for garages, workshops, and warehouses, it features the same heavy-duty steel construction and adjustable 4-tier design as the single bay, allowing you to create extended storage runs without sacrificing strength or stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtension Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Connects with a starter bay to form a long-span shelving system. Ideal for large storage layouts or wall-to-wall configurations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-Duty Load Rating:\u003c\/strong\u003e Supports up to 250kg per shelf (evenly distributed), suitable for bulky tools, parts and cartons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Shelves:\u003c\/strong\u003e Each solid steel shelf can be repositioned to fit boxes, tubs or workshop equipment of different heights.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made of high-grade powder-coated steel for superior strength, rust and chemical resistance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModular Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fits perfectly with other 2m(H) Heavy-Duty frames in 0.6m depth to expand your shelving system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/upright-2000h-600d-for-1000kg\" title=\"upright-2000h-600d-for-1000kg\"\u003eUprights (frame ends)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-2000w-600d-for-1000kg-shelving\" title=\"extra-shelf-2000w-600d-for-1000kg-shelving\"\u003e2m(W) Shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size: 0.875rem;\"\u003eAll required nuts and bolts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3920mm (W) × 2000mm (H) × 600mm (D)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Load Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 250kg per shelf (evenly distributed)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2000kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Powder-coated steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSteel Thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright – 0.7mm \/ Crossrail – 0.8mm \/ Shelf – 0.45mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-Year warranty included. For full terms and conditions, visit our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore other configurations in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/4m-long-connecting-shelving\" title=\"4m-long-connecting-shelving\"\u003e4m Connecting Shelving\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca href=\"pleshelving.com.au\/collections\/5-5m-long-connecting-shelving\" title=\"5.5m-long-connecting-shelving\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.appleshelving.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\" title=\"Visit Showroom\"\u003evisit our showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for layout advice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":33914037862538,"sku":"16(1\u00261\/2)-26X2-38X2","price":360.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/4_2_0.6_1000kg.jpg?v=1718859776"},{"product_id":"5m-2m-0-5m-1800kg-connecting-shelving","title":"5m*2m*0.5m 2200KG (W*H*D) Connecting Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e5m x 2m x 0.5m Tall 3-Bay Longspan Shelving Add-On 2200kg | Apple Shelving\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis 5‑metre wide, 2‑metre tall regular‑duty longspan shelving system features a 3‑bay mixed‑width layout, combining two \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1-5m-2m-0-5m-metal-shelving-800kg-black\"\u003e1.5m(W) bays\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e and one \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/2m-2m-0-5m-metal-shelving-600kg-black\"\u003e2m(W) bay\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e with shared central uprights to deliver seamless zoned storage for long, high‑ceiling walls in Australian garages and workshops.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith 2200kg total load capacity across all three bays — 200kg per evenly‑loaded shelf in the 1.5m bays, and 150kg per shelf in the 2m bay — this tall longspan rack unlocks extra vertical storage space while supporting flexible organisation: narrower bays for heavy tools and sorted parts, wider bays for bulky storage tubs and seasonal items.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis unit stands independently as a complete 5m storage run, and can be further extended with additional matching add‑on bays to fit the full length of your wall.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNote: \u003c\/strong\u003eFor industrial warehouse use requiring higher heavy‑load longspan systems, explore our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/5m-2m-0-6m-3000kg-connecting-shelving\"\u003eheavy‑duty connecting shelving range\u003c\/a\u003e for commercial‑grade strength.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTall 3‑Bay Mixed‑Width Longspan Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: Combines two 1.5m bays and one 2m bay with two shared central uprights, forming a seamless 5m continuous storage run at 2m height. The mixed widths enable targeted zoned organisation, and the extra height unlocks unused upper wall space for more storage volume.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2200kg Total Regular‑Duty Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e: 200kg per shelf in 1.5m bays and 150kg per shelf in the 2m bay (all evenly distributed), 4 tiers per bay for 2200kg total load, ideal for household tools, storage tubs, spare parts and light workshop inventory.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndependently Adjustable Shelf Layouts\u003c\/strong\u003e: Every solid steel shelf across all three bays can be repositioned separately. You can customise height configurations for each zone, creating tall gaps for long equipment or compact layers for sorted small items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Stable Tall Frame\u003c\/strong\u003e: Heavy‑gauge steel uprights and cross bracing deliver solid structural stability at 2m height. The shared upright design and extended overall footprint further reinforce balance across the full 5m length.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull Modular Expandability\u003c\/strong\u003e: 100% compatible with all 2m(H) × 0.5m(D) regular‑duty shelving frames in our range. You can add more add‑on bays at any time to extend your storage system as your needs grow.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/upright-2000mm-500mm-regular-duty\"\u003esteel upright frames (2m H)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1500w-500d\"\u003e1.5m (W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-2000w-500d\"\u003e2m (W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts, bolts and assembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNote: \u003c\/strong\u003eThis is a complete freestanding 3‑bay longspan system. It can stand on its own, or be extended with additional add‑on bays for longer storage runs.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5m (W) × 2m (H) × 0.5m (D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePer Shelf Load Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200kg (1.5m bays, evenly distributed)\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n150kg (2m bay, evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal System Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2200kg total (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder‑coated carbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf Count\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 adjustable shelves (4 tiers across 3 bays)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBay Configuration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × 1.5m bays + 1 × 2m bay\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eComplete 3‑bay longspan system (freestanding, expandable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this the right size for your space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis 5m × 2m 3‑bay longspan shelving system is the optimal choice if you have a roughly 5‑metre long wall with good ceiling height, and want both flexible zoned organisation and extra vertical storage capacity.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe 2m height makes full use of standard Australian garage ceiling space, adding significantly more total storage volume than 1.8m tall models. The mixed‑width layout lets you dedicate narrower bays to heavy tools and parts, and the wider bay to large storage tubs and bulky gear — all in one seamless, gap‑free run.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eChoose our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/5m-1-8m-0-5m-1800kg-connecting-shelving\"\u003e1.8m tall 5m 3‑bay model\u003c\/a\u003e if you have lower ceilings. Opt for our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/5m-2m-0-6m-2400kg-connecting-shelving\"\u003e0.6m deep longspan range\u003c\/a\u003e if you need extra depth for oversized containers. For even longer walls, you can add extra matching add‑on bays to extend the system further.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eHow does this 2m tall version differ from the 1.8m tall 5m 3‑bay shelving?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis model adds 200mm of vertical height per bay. It creates taller compartment gaps for bulky equipment, or allows you to add an extra shelf tier for lighter items, noticeably increasing total storage volume across the full 5m length.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eIs a 5m long 2m tall system stable when fully loaded?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eYes. The extended 5m base footprint and reinforced cross bracing are engineered for stability at this height. For maximum safety, always place heavier items on lower shelves and lighter, less frequently used goods on upper tiers.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eHow should I organise the mixed‑width bays for best use?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eA common practical layout is to use the 2m wide bay for large storage tubs, gardening equipment and bulky items, and use the two 1.5m bays for sorted tool kits, spare parts and smaller organised containers.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eCan I add more bays to this 5m system later?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eYes, the system is fully modular. You can purchase additional matching 2m(H) × 0.5m(D) add‑on bays at any time to extend the continuous storage run to fit the exact length of your wall.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore our full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/5m-long-connecting-shelving\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5m Connecting Longspan Shelving Collection\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e to compare different heights and load capacities. Visit \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/about-us\"\u003eour showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for personalised long‑wall garage storage layout advice tailored to your space. All our shelving units come with a 2‑year manufacturer warranty — see the \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page for full terms.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":33914047430794,"sku":"11X2-22X2-32X2-23-33","price":435.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/5_2_0.5.jpg?v=1718932796"},{"product_id":"5m-2m-0-6m-2400kg-connecting-shelving","title":"5m*2m*0.6m 2400KG (W*H*D) Connecting Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e5m x 2m x 0.6m 3-Bay Longspan Shelving Deep Storage Rack 2400kg | Apple Shelving\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 5m-wide connecting unit combines \u003cstrong\u003etwo \u003ca href=\"\/products\/1-5m-2m-0-6m-metal-shelving-800kg-black-2\" title=\"1-5m-2m-0-6m-metal-shelving-800kg-black\"\u003e1.5m(W) bays\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eone \u003ca title=\"2m-2m-0-6m-metal-shelving-800kg-black\" href=\"\/products\/2m-2m-0-6m-metal-shelving-800kg-black\"\u003e2m(W) bay\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e, sharing \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 5‑metre tall deep regular‑duty 3‑bay longspan shelving system combines two \u003ca href=\"\/products\/1-5m-2m-0-6m-metal-shelving-800kg-black-2\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1.5m bays\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e and one\u003ca href=\"\/products\/2m-2m-0-6m-metal-shelving-800kg-black\"\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e2m bay\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e with shared central uprights, delivering maximum three‑dimensional storage volume for long, high‑ceiling walls in Australian garages, large workshops and light commercial spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith 2400kg total load capacity across all three bays — 200kg per evenly‑loaded shelf on every tier — this tall deep longspan rack pairs 2m of vertical height with 0.6m of extended front‑to‑back depth, fully accommodating oversized Australian storage tubs, wide tool chests and tall bulky equipment. The mixed‑width layout enables flexible zoned organisation, with narrower sections for heavy parts and wider sections for large bulky items.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis unit stands independently as a complete 5m storage run, and can be further extended with additional matching add‑on bays to fit the exact length of your wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eN\u003cstrong\u003eote:\u003c\/strong\u003e For industrial warehouse use requiring higher heavy‑load longspan systems, explore our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/5m-2m-0-6m-3000kg-connecting-shelving\"\u003eheavy‑duty connecting shelving range\u003c\/a\u003e for commercial‑grade strength.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"list-style-type: none;\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTall + Deep 3‑Bay Mixed‑Width Max Volume Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: Combines 2m extra vertical height, 0.6m extended depth and a 3‑bay mixed layout in one 5m continuous system. The three‑dimensional design maximises storage capacity per wall section, holding more items than shorter or shallower longspan models.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2400kg Total Regular‑Duty Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e: 200kg per shelf (evenly distributed) across all 12 tiers, delivering 2400kg total load capacity suitable for medium‑heavy tools, spare parts, large containers and light workshop inventory.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndependently Adjustable Shelf Layouts\u003c\/strong\u003e: Every solid steel shelf across all three bays can be repositioned separately. You can customise height configurations for each zone, creating tall gaps for long equipment or compact layers for sorted small hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Stable Tall Deep Frame\u003c\/strong\u003e: Heavy‑gauge steel uprights and cross bracing deliver solid structural stability. The 0.6m deep base widens the overall footprint, improving balance and tilt resistance even at 2m height with fully loaded front‑heavy shelves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull Modular Expandability\u003c\/strong\u003e: 100% compatible with all 2m(H) × 0.6m(D) regular‑duty shelving frames in our range. You can add more add‑on bays at any time to extend your deep storage system as your needs grow.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"list-style-type: none;\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca title=\"upright-2000mm-600mm-regular-duty\" href=\"\/products\/upright-2000mm-600mm-regular-duty\"\u003esteel upright frames (2m H)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-2000w-600d-for-800kg\" title=\"extra shelf\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1500w-600d-for-800kg\" title=\"1.5m extra shelf\"\u003e1.5m(W) steel Shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-2000w-600d-for-800kg\" title=\"2m extra shelf\"\u003e2m(W) steel Shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"font-size: 0.875rem;\"\u003eAll required nuts and bolts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size: 0.875rem;\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a complete freestanding 3‑bay longspan system. It can stand on its own, or be extended with additional add‑on bays for longer storage runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5m (W) × 2m (H) × 0.6m (D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePer Shelf Load Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200kg per shelf (evenly distributed, all bays)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal System Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2400kg total (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder‑coated carbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf Count\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 adjustable shelves (4 tiers across 3 bays)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBay Configuration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × 1.5m bays + 1 × 2m bay\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eComplete 3‑bay longspan system (freestanding, expandable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this the right size for your space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 5m × 2m × 0.6m tall deep 3‑bay longspan shelving system is the best choice if you have a roughly 5‑metre long wall with good ceiling height, and want maximum total storage volume with both extra vertical space and extra front‑to‑back depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 2m height adds significant vertical capacity compared to 1.8m tall models, while the 0.6m extended depth ensures large items sit fully on the shelf with no dangerous overhang. The mixed‑width layout lets you dedicate different bays to different item types for cleaner organisation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/5m-1-8m-0-6m-3000kg-connecting-shelving\"\u003e1.8m tall 5m deep 3‑bay model\u003c\/a\u003e if you have lower ceilings. Opt for our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/5m-2m-0-5m-1800kg-connecting-shelving\"\u003e2m tall 5m standard depth model\u003c\/a\u003e if walkway space is very limited and you do not need extra depth. For even longer walls, you can add extra matching add‑on bays to extend the system further.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHow is this different from the 5m × 1.8m × 0.6m deep 3‑bay shelving?\u003cbr\u003eThis model adds 200mm of vertical height per bay. It creates taller compartment gaps for bulky equipment, or allows you to add an extra shelf tier for lighter items, noticeably increasing total storage volume across the full 5m length.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhat’s the difference between this and the 5m × 2m × 0.5m tall 3‑bay shelving?\u003cbr\u003eThis model adds 100mm of front‑to‑back depth to every shelf. It is built to fully hold oversized 100L+ storage tubs and wide heavy tool chests, so items do not hang over the front edge and create tipping hazards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIs the 2m tall + 0.6m deep combination stable when fully loaded?\u003cbr\u003eYes. The 0.6m deep base creates a wide, stable footprint, and the reinforced cross bracing is engineered for 2m height. For maximum safety, always place heavier items on lower shelves and lighter goods on upper tiers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan I connect this system with my existing 0.5m deep shelving?\u003cbr\u003eNo, the depth must match for proper frame alignment and secure connection. This unit is only compatible with 2m(H) × 0.6m(D) regular‑duty shelving frames from our range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-Year warranty included. For full terms and conditions, visit our \u003ca rel=\"noopener\" href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore other configurations in the \u003ca title=\"5m-long-connecting-shelving\" href=\"\/collections\/5m-long-connecting-shelving\"\u003e5m Connecting Shelving\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca title=\"Visit Showroom\" href=\"https:\/\/www.appleshelving.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003evisit our showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for layout advice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":33914086064266,"sku":"14X2-22X2-34X2-23-35","price":450.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/5_2_0.6_800kg.jpg?v=1718945799"},{"product_id":"5m-2m-0-6m-3000kg-connecting-shelving","title":"5m*2m*0.6m 3000KG (W*H*D) Connecting Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e5m x 2m x 0.6m 3000KG Connecting Unit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 5m-wide connecting unit combines \u003cstrong\u003etwo \u003ca title=\"1.5m-2m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg\" href=\"\/products\/1-5m-2m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black\"\u003e1.5m(W) bays\u003c\/a\u003e and one \u003ca title=\"2m-2m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg\" href=\"\/products\/2m-2m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black-1\"\u003e2m(W) bay\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e, sharing two central uprights to form a continuous long-span shelving system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt for garages, workshops, and warehouses, it features the same heavy-duty steel construction and adjustable 4-tier design as the single bay, allowing you to create extended storage runs without sacrificing strength or stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtension Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Connects with a starter bay to form a long-span shelving system. Ideal for large storage layouts or wall-to-wall configurations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-Duty Load Rating:\u003c\/strong\u003e Supports up to 250kg per shelf (evenly distributed), suitable for bulky tools, parts and cartons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Shelves:\u003c\/strong\u003e Each solid steel shelf can be repositioned to fit boxes, tubs or workshop equipment of different heights.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made of high-grade powder-coated steel for superior strength, rust and chemical resistance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModular Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fits perfectly with other 2m(H) Heavy-Duty frames in 0.6m depth to expand your shelving system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca title=\"upright-2000h-600d-for-1000kg\" href=\"\/products\/upright-2000h-600d-for-1000kg\"\u003eUprights (frame ends)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 × \u003ca title=\"extra-shelf-1500w-600d-for-1000kg\" href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1500w-600d-for-1000kg\"\u003e1.5m(W) Shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca title=\"extra-shelf-2000w-600d-for-1000kg-shelving\" href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-2000w-600d-for-1000kg-shelving\"\u003e2m(W) Shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size: 0.875rem;\"\u003eAll required nuts and bolts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4840mm (W) × 2000mm (H) × 600mm (D)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Load Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 250kg per shelf (evenly distributed)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3000kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Powder-coated steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSteel Thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright – 0.7mm \/ Crossrail – 0.8mm \/ Shelf – 0.45mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-Year warranty included. For full terms and conditions, visit our \u003ca rel=\"noopener\" href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore other configurations in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/5m-long-connecting-shelving\" title=\"5m-long-connecting-shelving\"\u003e5m Connecting Shelving\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca title=\"5.5m-long-connecting-shelving\" href=\"pleshelving.com.au\/collections\/5-5m-long-connecting-shelving\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca title=\"Visit Showroom\" href=\"https:\/\/www.appleshelving.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003evisit our showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for layout advice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":33914105757834,"sku":"16X2-25X2-37X2-26-38","price":470.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/5_2_0.6_1000kg_38185451-7ff6-41b6-8e14-8f6d07f3b9b7.jpg?v=1718866208"},{"product_id":"5-2m-2m-0-5m-1500kg-connecting-shelving-workbench","title":"5.2m*2m*0.5m 1500KG (W*H*D) Connecting Shelving With Workstation","description":"\u003ch2\u003e5.2m x 2m x 0.5m Connecting Shelving Workbench\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 5.5m-wide connecting shelving workbench combines \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca title=\"2m-2m-0-5m-metal-shelving\" href=\"\/products\/2m-2m-0-5m-metal-shelving-600kg-black\"\u003etwo 2m(W) shelving units\u003c\/a\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003eon each end and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1200w-500d\" title=\"extra-shelf-1200w-500d\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003etwo 1.2m(W) shelves\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e in the centre, sharing uprights to form a continuous long-span workstation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt for garages, workshops and warehouse applications, this configuration delivers a seamless layout with strong load capacity and flexible shelf adjustment for all kinds of tools and storage needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-Duty Load Rating:\u003c\/strong\u003e Supports up to 150kg per shelf (evenly distributed), offering solid performance for bulky tools, parts and equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Shelves:\u003c\/strong\u003e All four tiers can be repositioned at various heights to suit your workflow and storage needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Steel Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made of high-grade powder-coated steel for strength, corrosion resistance and a professional finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca title=\"upright-2000mm-500mm\" href=\"\/products\/upright-2000mm-500mm-regular-duty\"\u003eUprights (frame ends)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 × \u003ca title=\"extra-shelf-2000w-500d\" href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-2000w-500d\"\u003e2m(W) Shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1200w-500d\" title=\"extra-shelf-1200w-500d\"\u003e1.2m(W) Shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size: 0.875rem;\"\u003eAll required nuts and bolts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5100mm (W) × 2000mm (H) × 500mm (D)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Load Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 150kg per shelf (evenly distributed)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Powder-coated steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-Year warranty included. For details, see our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore more modular configurations in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/5-2m-long-connecting-shelving-workbench\" title=\"5.2m-long-connecting-shelving-workbench\"\u003e5.2m Shelving Bench Series\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\" title=\"Visit our showroom\"\u003evisit our showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for tailored layout advice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":33914119094410,"sku":"11X2-23X2-33X2-21(2\/4)-31(2\/4)","price":390.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/WB_5.2_2_0.5.jpg?v=1718933104"},{"product_id":"5-2m-2m-0-6m-2500kg-connecting-shelving-workbench","title":"5.2m*2m*0.6m 2500KG (W*H*D) Connecting Shelving With Workstation","description":"\u003ch2\u003e5.2m x 2m x 0.6m Connecting Shelving Workbench\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 5.5m-wide connecting shelving workbench combines \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/2m-2m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black-1\" title=\"2m-2m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg\"\u003etwo 2m(W) shelving units\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003eon each end and \u003ca title=\"extra-shelf-1200w-600d-for-1000kg\" href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1200w-600d-for-1000kg\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003etwo 1.2m(W) shelves\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e in the centre, sharing uprights to form a continuous long-span workstation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt for garages, workshops and warehouse applications, this configuration delivers a seamless layout with strong load capacity and flexible shelf adjustment for all kinds of tools and storage needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-Duty Load Rating:\u003c\/strong\u003e Supports up to 250kg per shelf (evenly distributed), offering solid performance for bulky tools, parts and equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Shelves:\u003c\/strong\u003e All four tiers can be repositioned at various heights to suit your workflow and storage needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Steel Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made of high-grade powder-coated steel for strength, corrosion resistance and a professional finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkbench Option:\u003c\/strong\u003e Can be fitted with an MDF benchtop for a smooth working surface, transforming it into a practical modular workstation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/upright-2000h-600d-for-1000kg\" title=\"upright-2000mm-600mm-heavy-duty\"\u003eUprights (frame ends)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-2000w-600d-for-1000kg-shelving\" title=\"extra-shelf-2000w-600d-for-1000kg-shelving\"\u003e2m(W) Shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × \u003ca title=\"extra-shelf-1200w-600d-for-1000kg\" href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1200w-600d-for-1000kg\"\u003e1.2m(W) Shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size: 0.875rem;\"\u003eAll required nuts and bolts\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOptional Add-Ons\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/mdf-bench-top-for-1200l\" title=\"mdf bench top 1.2m\"\u003eMDF Worktop 1.2m\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: rgb(255, 42, 0);\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note: \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003eWe are currently in the process of changing our black MDF to wood timber. During the transition period (August–December 2026), you may receive either the black MDF or timber version.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you have a preference, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.appleshelving.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\" title=\"contact us\"\u003elet us know\u003c\/a\u003e before placing your order, and we'll do our best to accommodate your request.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5040mm (W) × 2000mm (H) × 600mm (D)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Load Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 250kg per shelf (evenly distributed)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Powder-coated steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSteel Thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright – 0.7mm \/ Crossrail – 0.8mm \/ Shelf – 0.45mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-Year warranty included. For details, see our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore more modular configurations in the \u003ca title=\"5.2m-long-connecting-shelving-workbench\" href=\"\/collections\/5-2m-long-connecting-shelving-workbench\"\u003e5.2m Shelving Bench Series\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\" title=\"Visit our showroom\"\u003evisit our showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for tailored layout advice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":33914131808394,"sku":"16X2-26X2-38X2-24(2\/4)-36(2\/4)","price":440.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/WB_5.2_2_0.6_1000kg.jpg?v=1718865724"},{"product_id":"5-5m-2m-0-6m-2500kg-connecting-shelving-workbench","title":"5.5m*2m*0.6m 2500KG (W*H*D) Connecting Shelving With Workstation","description":"\u003ch2\u003e5.5m x 2m x 0.6m Connecting Shelving Workbench\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 5.5m-wide connecting shelving workbench combines \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca title=\"2m-2m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg\" href=\"\/products\/2m-2m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black-1\"\u003etwo 2m(W) shelving units\u003c\/a\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003eon each end and \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca title=\"extra-shelf-1500w-600d-for-1000kg\" href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1500w-600d-for-1000kg\"\u003etwo 1.5m(W) shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e in the centre, sharing uprights to form a continuous long-span workstation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt for garages, workshops and warehouse applications, this configuration delivers a seamless layout with strong load capacity and flexible shelf adjustment for all kinds of tools and storage needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-Duty Load Rating:\u003c\/strong\u003e Supports up to 250kg per shelf (evenly distributed), offering solid performance for bulky tools, parts and equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Shelves:\u003c\/strong\u003e All four tiers can be repositioned at various heights to suit your workflow and storage needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Steel Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made of high-grade powder-coated steel for strength, corrosion resistance and a professional finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkbench Option:\u003c\/strong\u003e Can be fitted with an MDF benchtop for a smooth working surface, transforming it into a practical modular workstation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca title=\"upright-2000mm-600mm-heavy-duty\" href=\"\/products\/upright-2000h-600d-for-1000kg\"\u003eUprights (frame ends)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-2000w-600d-for-1000kg-shelving\" title=\"extra-shelf-2000w-600d-for-1000kg-shelving\"\u003e2m(W) Shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1500w-600d-for-1000kg\" title=\"extra-shelf-1500w-600d-for-1000kg\"\u003e1.5m(W) Shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size: 0.875rem;\"\u003eAll required nuts and bolts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOptional Add-Ons\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/mdf-bench-top-1500l\" title=\"mdf bench top 1.5m\"\u003eMDF Worktop 1.5m\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: rgb(255, 42, 0);\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note: \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003eWe are currently in the process of changing our black MDF to wood timber. During the transition period (August–December 2026), you may receive either the black MDF or timber version.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you have a preference, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.appleshelving.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\" title=\"contact us\"\u003elet us know\u003c\/a\u003e before placing your order, and we'll do our best to accommodate your request.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5340mm (W) × 2000mm (H) × 600mm (D)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Load Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 250kg per shelf (evenly distributed)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Powder-coated steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSteel Thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright – 0.7mm \/ Crossrail – 0.8mm \/ Shelf – 0.45mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-Year warranty included. For details, see our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore more modular configurations in the \u003ca title=\"5.5m-long-connecting-shelving-workbench\" href=\"\/collections\/5-5m-long-connecting-shelving-workbench\"\u003e5.5m Shelving Bench Series\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\" title=\"Visit our showroom\"\u003evisit our showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for tailored layout advice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":33914136789130,"sku":"16X2-26X2-38X2-25(2\/4)-37(2\/4)","price":450.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/WB_5.5_2_0.6_1000kg.jpg?v=1718865688"},{"product_id":"5-5m-2m-0-5m-1500kg-connecting-shelving-workbench","title":"5.5m*2m*0.5m 1500KG (W*H*D) Connecting Shelving With Workstation","description":"\u003ch2\u003e5.5m x 2m x 0.5m Tall Central Workstation Longspan Shelving 1500kg | Apple Shelving\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 5.5m-wide connecting shelving workbench combines \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca title=\"2m-2m-0-5m-metal-shelving\" href=\"\/products\/2m-2m-0-5m-metal-shelving-600kg-black\"\u003etwo 2m(W) shelving units\u003c\/a\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003eon each end and \u003ca title=\"extra-shelf-1500w-500d\" href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1500w-500d\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003etwo 1.5m(W) shelves\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e in the centre, sharing uprights to form a continuous long-span workstation for high‑ceiling Australian garages, home workshops and light commercial spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith 150kg per evenly distributed shelf and a 1500kg total system capacity, this 2m tall configuration delivers a seamless layout with strong load performance and flexible shelf adjustment. It pairs generous vertical bulk storage for tools, parts and equipment on both sides with a spacious central flat work surface for assembly, preparation and everyday tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis unit stands independently as a complete 5.5m storage and workstation run, and can be further extended with additional matching add‑on bays to fit the full length of your wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote: \u003c\/strong\u003eExplore more modular configurations in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/5-5m-long-connecting-shelving-workbench\"\u003e5.5m Shelving Bench Series\u003c\/a\u003e, or visit our showroom for tailored layout advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5.5m Tall Longspan Dual‑Storage Wide‑Workstation Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: Two 2m wide storage bays flank a spacious 1.5m central workstation, joined by shared uprights to form a seamless 5.5m continuous system. The 2m extra height unlocks additional vertical storage, while the wider central section delivers a more generous work surface than compact 5.2m models.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1500kg Total Regular‑Duty Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e: 150kg per shelf (evenly distributed) across all 10 tiers, delivering 1500kg total load capacity suitable for bulky tools, spare parts, storage tubs and workshop equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFully Adjustable Shelf Layouts\u003c\/strong\u003e: All shelves across every section can be repositioned at various heights to suit your workflow and storage needs, creating tall gaps for long equipment or compact layers for sorted small items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Powder‑Coated Steel Frame\u003c\/strong\u003e: High‑grade powder‑coated steel construction for superior strength, corrosion resistance and a clean professional finish, built for long‑term use in garage and workshop environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModular Expandable Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: 100% compatible with all 2m(H) × 0.5m(D) regular‑duty shelving frames in our range. You can add more add‑on bays at any time to extend your system as your needs grow.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 ×\u003ca href=\"\/products\/upright-2000mm-500mm-regular-duty\"\u003e steel upright frames (2.0m H)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-2000w-500d\"\u003e2m (W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1500w-500d\"\u003e1.5m (W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts, bolts and assembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eNote: This is a complete freestanding longspan shelving bench system. It can stand on its own, or be extended with additional add‑on bays for longer runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.5m (W) × 2.0m (H) × 0.5m (D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePer Shelf Load Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150kg per shelf (evenly distributed, all sections)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal System Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1500kg total (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder‑coated carbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf Count\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 adjustable shelves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSection Configuration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × 2m storage bays + 1 × 1.5m central workstation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eComplete tall longspan shelving bench system (freestanding, expandable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs This the Right Fit for Your Space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 5.5m × 2.0m tall shelving bench system is the ideal choice if you have a roughly 5.5‑metre long wall with good ceiling height, and want a single integrated unit that combines high‑capacity vertical storage with a spacious central flat work surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dual 2m side bays provide plenty of tall shelf space for storage tubs, tools and equipment, while the 1.5m wider central section creates a generous flat zone for assembly, repairs or everyday tasks. The 2m height makes full use of high garage ceilings, adding significantly more total storage volume than standard 1.8m tall models. The shared upright design reduces overall cost and creates a seamless, gap‑free appearance compared to separate standalone shelving and work tables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/5-2m-2m-0-5m-1500kg-connecting-shelving-workbench\"\u003e5.2m standard‑height shelving bench\u003c\/a\u003e if you have lower ceilings and a more compact work space. Opt for\u003ca href=\"\/products\/5500mm-shelving-workbench-with-pegboards\"\u003e our pegboard workbench range\u003c\/a\u003e if you want vertical tool hanging instead of a flat work surface. For longer walls, you can add extra matching add‑on bays to extend the system further.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhat’s the difference between this 2m tall model and the 5.2m standard shelving bench? \u003cbr\u003eThis 5.5m model is 200mm taller and has a wider 1.5m central workstation. The extra height adds significant vertical storage volume for taller items or an extra shelf tier, while the wider work surface provides more space for assembly and repair tasks. The 5.2m model has a compact 1.2m central section and 1.8m total height.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhat is the benefit of a 2m tall workbench system? \u003cbr\u003eA 2m height makes full use of typical Australian garage ceiling space, unlocking unused upper wall area for seasonal items, bulky equipment and stacked storage tubs. It adds roughly 11% more total storage volume compared to standard 1.8m tall systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan I adjust the height of the central work surface? \u003cbr\u003eYes. All shelves, including the central workstation shelves, are fully adjustable. You can set the work surface at your preferred working height, and adjust the storage shelves around it to match your workflow and item sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan I add more bays to extend the system later? \u003cbr\u003eYes, the system is fully modular. You can purchase additional matching 2m(H) × 0.5m(D) add‑on bays at any time to extend the continuous storage and workstation run to fit the exact length of your wall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore our full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/5-5m-long-connecting-shelving-workbench\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5.5m Shelving Bench Series\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e to compare different configurations and load capacities. Visit \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/about-us\"\u003eour showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for personalised garage and workshop layout advice tailored to your space. All our shelving and workstation systems come with a 2‑year manufacturer warranty — see our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":33914143309962,"sku":"11X2-23X2-33X2-22(2\/4)-32(2\/4)","price":410.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/WB_5.5_2_0.5.jpg?v=1718932884"},{"product_id":"5-5m-2m-0-5m-1800kg-connecting-shelving","title":"5.5m*2m*0.5m 2000KG (W*H*D) Connecting Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e5.5m x 2m X 0.5m 3-Bay Storage Rack longspan shelving 2000kg | Apple Shelving\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 5.5‑metre tall regular‑duty longspan shelving system features a wide‑dominant 3‑bay layout, combining two \u003ca href=\"\/products\/2m-2m-0-5m-metal-shelving-600kg-black\"\u003e2m(W) bays\u003c\/a\u003e and one \u003ca href=\"\/products\/1-5m-2m-0-5m-metal-shelving-800kg-black\"\u003e1.5m\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/2m-2m-0-5m-metal-shelving-600kg-black\"\u003e(W) \u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1-5m-2m-0-5m-metal-shelving-800kg-black\"\u003ebay\u003c\/a\u003e with shared central uprights, engineered for extra‑long high‑ceiling walls in Australian double garages, large workshops and light commercial spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith 2000kg total load capacity across all three bays — 150kg per evenly‑loaded shelf in the 2m bays, and 200kg per shelf in the 1.5m bay — this tall longspan rack prioritises wide storage space for oversized plastic tubs and bulky equipment, while the 2m extra height unlocks upper wall space for seasonal and infrequently used items.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis unit stands independently as a complete 5.5m storage run, and can be further extended with additional matching add‑on bays to fit the full length of your wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote: \u003c\/strong\u003eFor industrial warehouse use requiring higher heavy‑load longspan systems, explore our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/5m-2m-0-6m-3000kg-connecting-shelving\"\u003eheavy‑duty connecting shelving range\u003c\/a\u003e for commercial‑grade strength.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2m Tall + 5.5m Extra Long Wide‑Dominant Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: Combines 200mm of extra vertical height with a 3‑bay layout led by two 2m wide bays, forming a seamless 5.5m continuous storage run. The dual wide bays offer generous space for large bulky items, while the added height maximises total storage volume in high‑ceiling spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2000kg Total Regular‑Duty Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e: 150kg per shelf in 2m bays and 200kg per shelf in the 1.5m bay (all evenly distributed), 4 tiers per bay for 2000kg total load, suitable for household tools, storage tubs, spare parts and light workshop inventory.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndependently Adjustable Shelf Layouts\u003c\/strong\u003e: Every solid steel shelf across all three bays can be repositioned separately. You can customise height configurations for each bay, creating tall gaps for long‑handled equipment or compact layers for sorted small hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Stable Tall Frame\u003c\/strong\u003e: Heavy‑gauge steel uprights and cross bracing deliver solid structural stability across the full 5.5m length, even at 2m height. The extended base footprint and shared upright design further reinforce overall balance and tilt resistance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull Modular Expandability\u003c\/strong\u003e: 100% compatible with all 2m(H) × 0.5m(D) regular‑duty shelving frames in our range. You can add more add‑on bays at any time to extend your storage system as your needs grow.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/upright-2000mm-500mm-regular-duty\"\u003esteel upright frames (2m H)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 × 2m \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-2000w-500d\"\u003e(W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1500w-500d\"\u003e1.5m (W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts, bolts and assembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote: \u003c\/strong\u003eThis is a complete freestanding 3‑bay longspan system. It can stand on its own, or be extended with additional add‑on bays for longer storage runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.5m (W) × 2m (H) × 0.5m (D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePer Shelf Load Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150kg (2m bays, evenly distributed)200kg (1.5m bay, evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal System Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000kg total (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder‑coated carbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf Count\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 adjustable shelves (4 tiers across 3 bays)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBay Configuration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × 2m bays + 1 × 1.5m bay\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eComplete 3‑bay longspan system (freestanding, expandable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this the right size for your space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 5.5m × 2m 3‑bay tall longspan shelving system is the optimal choice if you have a roughly 5.5‑metre long wall with good ceiling height, and your storage needs are focused on large tubs and bulky items with extra vertical capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dual 2m wide bays give you more continuous wide shelf space for oversized storage containers and big equipment, while the 2m height makes full use of standard Australian double garage ceiling space, adding significantly more total storage volume than 1.8m tall models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/5-5m-1-8m-0-5m-2000kg-connecting-shelving\"\u003e1.8m tall 5.5m wide‑dominant model\u003c\/a\u003e if you have lower ceilings. Opt for \u003ca href=\"\/products\/5m-2m-0-5m-1800kg-connecting-shelving\"\u003eour 5m 3‑bay tall model\u003c\/a\u003e if your wall is slightly shorter. For extra front‑to‑back depth for oversized containers, explore our 0.6m deep longspan range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHow does this 2m tall version differ from the 1.8m tall 5.5m wide‑dominant shelving?\u003cbr\u003eThis model adds 200mm of vertical height per bay. It creates taller compartment gaps for bulky equipment, or allows you to add an extra shelf tier for lighter items, significantly increasing total storage volume across the full 5.5m length.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWill this 5.5m tall unit fit along the back wall of a standard Australian double garage?\u003cbr\u003eMost standard Australian double garages have an internal width of 5.5–6m and a ceiling height of 2.4m+. This unit fits neatly along the full back wall with side clearance, and the 2m height leaves comfortable space above for safe access to the top shelf.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIs the long 5.5m frame stable at 2m height when fully loaded?\u003cbr\u003eYes. The extended 5.5m base footprint and reinforced cross bracing are engineered for stability at this height. For maximum safety, always place heavier items on lower shelves and lighter, less frequently used goods on upper tiers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan I add more bays to make the system even longer later?\u003cbr\u003eYes, the system is fully modular. You can purchase additional matching 2m(H) × 0.5m(D) add‑on bays at any time to extend the continuous storage run to fit the exact length of your wall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore our full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/5-5m-long-connecting-shelving\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5.5m Connecting Longspan Shelving Collection\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e to compare different heights and load capacities. Visit \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/about-us\"\u003eour showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for personalised extra‑long high‑ceiling storage layout advice tailored to your space. All our shelving units come with a 2‑year manufacturer warranty — see the \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page for full terms.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":33914154090634,"sku":"11X2-23X2-33X2-22-32","price":465.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/5.5_2_0.5.jpg?v=1718932812"},{"product_id":"5-5m-2m-0-6m-2400kg-connecting-shelving","title":"5.5m*2m*0.6m 2400KG (W*H*D) Connecting Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e5.5m x 2m x 0.6m Tall Wide-Dominant Deep Longspan Shelving 2400kg | Apple Shelving\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 5.5‑metre tall deep regular‑duty wide‑dominant longspan shelving system combines \u003cstrong\u003etwo \u003ca title=\"2m-2m-0-6m-metal-shelving-800kg-black\" href=\"\/products\/2m-2m-0-6m-metal-shelving-800kg-black\"\u003e2m(W) bays\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eone \u003ca href=\"\/products\/1-5m-2m-0-6m-metal-shelving-800kg-black-2\" title=\"1-5m-2m-0-6m-metal-shelving-800kg-black-2\"\u003e1.5m(W) bay\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e with shared central uprights, delivering maximum three‑dimensional storage volume for extra‑long high‑ceiling walls in Australian double garages, large workshops and light commercial spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith 2400kg total load capacity across all three bays — 200kg per evenly‑loaded shelf on every tier — this tall deep longspan rack pairs 2m of vertical height with 0.6m of extended front‑to‑back depth, fully accommodating oversized Australian storage tubs, wide tool chests and tall bulky equipment. The dual wide‑bay layout prioritises space for large bulky items, with a narrower bay for sorted parts and smaller accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis unit stands independently as a complete 5.5m storage run, and can be further extended with additional matching add‑on bays to fit the exact length of your wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eNote: For industrial warehouse use requiring higher heavy‑load longspan systems, explore our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/5-5m-2m-0-6m-3000kg-connecting-shelving\"\u003eheavy‑duty connecting shelving range\u003c\/a\u003e for commercial‑grade strength.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTall + Deep + 5.5m Wide‑Dominant Max Volume Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: Combines 2m extra vertical height, 0.6m extended depth and a 3‑bay layout led by two 2m wide bays, forming a seamless 5.5m continuous storage run. The three‑dimensional design maximises storage capacity per wall section, holding more items than shorter, shallower or narrower longspan models.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2400kg Total Regular‑Duty Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e: 200kg per shelf (evenly distributed) across all 12 tiers, delivering 2400kg total load capacity suitable for medium‑heavy tools, spare parts, large containers and light workshop inventory.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndependently Adjustable Shelf Layouts\u003c\/strong\u003e: Every solid steel shelf across all three bays can be repositioned separately. You can customise height configurations for each bay, creating tall gaps for long‑handled equipment or compact layers for sorted small hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Stable Tall Deep Frame\u003c\/strong\u003e: Heavy‑gauge steel uprights and cross bracing deliver solid structural stability across the full 5.5m length. The 0.6m deep base widens the overall footprint, improving balance and tilt resistance even at 2m height with fully loaded front‑heavy shelves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull Modular Expandability\u003c\/strong\u003e: 100% compatible with all 2m(H) × 0.6m(D) regular‑duty shelving frames in our range. You can add more add‑on bays at any time to extend your deep storage system as your needs grow.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/upright-2000mm-600mm-regular-duty\"\u003esteel upright frames (2m H)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-2000w-600d-for-800kg\"\u003e2m (W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1500w-600d-for-800kg\"\u003e1.5m (W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts, bolts and assembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNote: This is a complete freestanding 3‑bay longspan system. It can stand on its own, or be extended with additional add‑on bays for longer storage runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.5m (W) × 2m (H) × 0.6m (D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePer Shelf Load Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200kg per shelf (evenly distributed, all bays)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal System Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2400kg total (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder‑coated carbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf Count\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 adjustable shelves (4 tiers across 3 bays)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBay Configuration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × 2m bays + 1 × 1.5m bay\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eComplete 3‑bay longspan system (freestanding, expandable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this the right size for your space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 5.5m × 2m × 0.6m tall deep wide‑dominant longspan shelving system is the optimal choice if you have a roughly 5.5‑metre long wall with good ceiling height, and want maximum total storage volume with both extra vertical space and extra front‑to‑back depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 2m height adds significant vertical capacity compared to 1.8m tall models, while the 0.6m extended depth ensures large items sit fully on the shelf with no dangerous overhang. The dual 2m wide bays give you more continuous wide shelf space for oversized storage containers and big equipment, all in one seamless gap‑free run.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose our 1.8m tall 5.5m deep wide‑dominant model if you have lower ceilings. Opt for our 2m tall 5.5m standard depth model if walkway space is very limited and you do not need extra depth. For even longer walls, you can add extra matching add‑on bays to extend the system further.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHow does this 2m tall version differ from the 1.8m tall 5.5m deep wide‑dominant shelving?\u003cbr\u003eThis model adds 200mm of vertical height per bay. It creates taller compartment gaps for bulky equipment like step ladders and vacuum cleaners, or allows you to add an extra shelf tier for lighter items, noticeably increasing total storage volume across the full 5.5m length.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhat’s the difference between this and the 5.5m × 2m × 0.5m tall wide‑dominant shelving? \u003cbr\u003eThis model adds 100mm of front‑to‑back depth to every shelf. It is built to fully hold oversized 100L+ storage tubs and wide heavy tool chests, so items do not hang over the front edge and create tipping hazards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWill this 5.5m tall unit fit along the back wall of a standard Australian double garage? \u003cbr\u003eMost standard Australian double garages have an internal width of 5.5–6m and a ceiling height of 2.4m+. This unit fits neatly along the full back wall with side clearance, and the 2m height leaves comfortable space above for safe access to the top shelf.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan I connect this system with my existing 0.5m deep shelving? \u003cbr\u003eNo, the depth must match for proper frame alignment and secure connection. This unit is only compatible with 2m(H) × 0.6m(D) regular‑duty shelving frames from our range.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-Year warranty included. For full terms and conditions, visit our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore other configurations in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/5-5m-long-connecting-shelving\" title=\"5.5m-long-connecting-shelving\"\u003e5.5m Connecting Shelving\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca href=\"pleshelving.com.au\/collections\/5-5m-long-connecting-shelving\" title=\"5.5m-long-connecting-shelving\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.appleshelving.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\" title=\"Visit Showroom\"\u003evisit our showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for layout advice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":33914165985418,"sku":"14X2-23X2-35X2-22-34","price":480.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/5.5_2_0.6_800kg.jpg?v=1718945787"},{"product_id":"5-5m-2m-0-6m-3000kg-connecting-shelving","title":"5.5m*2m*0.6m 3000KG (W*H*D) Connecting Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e5.5m x 2m x 0.6m 3000KG Connecting Unit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 5.5m-wide connecting unit combines \u003cstrong\u003etwo \u003ca title=\"2m-2m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg\" href=\"\/products\/2m-2m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black-1\"\u003e2m(W) bays\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca title=\"2m-1-8m-0-5m-metal-shelving-600kg-black\" href=\"\/products\/2m-1-8m-0-5m-metal-shelving-600kg-black\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eone \u003ca title=\"1.5m-2m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg\" href=\"\/products\/1-5m-2m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black\"\u003e1.5m(W) bay\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e, sharing two central uprights to form a continuous long-span shelving system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt for garages, workshops, and warehouses, it features the same heavy-duty steel construction and adjustable 4-tier design as the single bay, allowing you to create extended storage runs without sacrificing strength or stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtension Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Connects with a starter bay to form a long-span shelving system. Ideal for large storage layouts or wall-to-wall configurations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-Duty Load Rating:\u003c\/strong\u003e Supports up to 250kg per shelf (evenly distributed), suitable for bulky tools, parts and cartons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Shelves:\u003c\/strong\u003e Each solid steel shelf can be repositioned to fit boxes, tubs or workshop equipment of different heights.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made of high-grade powder-coated steel for superior strength, rust and chemical resistance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModular Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fits perfectly with other 2m(H) Heavy-Duty frames in 0.6m depth to expand your shelving system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca title=\"upright-2000h-600d-for-1000kg\" href=\"\/products\/upright-2000h-600d-for-1000kg\"\u003eUprights (frame ends)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 × \u003ca title=\"extra-shelf-2000w-600d-for-1000kg-shelving\" href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-2000w-600d-for-1000kg-shelving\"\u003e2m(W) Shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca title=\"extra-shelf-1500w-600d-for-1000kg\" href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1500w-600d-for-1000kg\"\u003e1.5m(W) Shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size: 0.875rem;\"\u003eAll required nuts and bolts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5340mm (W) × 2000mm (H) × 600mm (D)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Load Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 250kg per shelf (evenly distributed)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3000kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Powder-coated steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSteel Thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright – 0.7mm \/ Crossrail – 0.8mm \/ Shelf – 0.45mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-Year warranty included. For full terms and conditions, visit our \u003ca rel=\"noopener\" href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore other configurations in the \u003ca title=\"5.5m-long-connecting-shelving\" href=\"\/collections\/5-5m-long-connecting-shelving\"\u003e5.5m Connecting Shelving\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca title=\"5.5m-long-connecting-shelving\" href=\"pleshelving.com.au\/collections\/5-5m-long-connecting-shelving\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca title=\"Visit Showroom\" href=\"https:\/\/www.appleshelving.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003evisit our showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for layout advice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":33914171293834,"sku":"16X2-26X2-38X2-25-37","price":500.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/5.5_2_0.6_1000kg.jpg?v=1718896072"},{"product_id":"4m-1-8m-0-5m-1200kg-connecting-shelving","title":"4m*1.8m*0.5m 1200KG (W*H*D) Connecting Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e4m x 1.8m x 0.5m Metal Long-Span Shelving Add-On Bay 1200kg | Apple Shelving\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis 4‑metre wide regular‑duty longspan add‑on bay is designed to extend your existing shelving system, creating a seamless continuous storage run for long blank walls in Australian garages, home workshops and light commercial spaces.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eIt combines two \u003ca href=\"\/products\/2m-1-8m-0-5m-metal-shelving-600kg-black\"\u003e2m bays \u003c\/a\u003ewith one shared central upright, delivering 1200kg total load capacity — 150kg per evenly‑loaded shelf across 4 tiers per bay — with the same structural strength and stability as standalone units, while reducing cost and creating a cleaner, integrated look.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis connecting unit must be paired with a matching starter bay to form a complete freestanding shelving run, and is fully compatible with all 1.8m(H) × 0.5m(D) regular‑duty shelving in our range.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNote: \u003c\/strong\u003eFor industrial warehouse use requiring 2000kg heavy‑load longspan systems, explore our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/4m-1-8m-0-6m-2000kg-connecting-shelving\"\u003eheavy‑duty connecting shelving range\u003c\/a\u003e with 0.6m depth.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdd‑On Longspan Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: 4m wide connecting unit engineered to join with a starter bay, sharing one central upright to build a gap‑free continuous storage wall. Saves cost compared to buying two separate standalone bays and delivers a seamless built‑in appearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1200kg Total Regular‑Duty Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e: 150kg per shelf (evenly distributed per bay), 4 tiers across two bays for 1200kg total load, ideal for household tools, storage tubs, cartons and light workshop inventory.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndependently Adjustable Shelves\u003c\/strong\u003e: All 8 solid steel shelves can be repositioned separately, so you can customise height layouts on each 2m section to fit boxes, tubs and equipment of different sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Powder‑Coated Steel Build\u003c\/strong\u003e: High‑grade carbon steel frame with black powder‑coated finish, resistant to scratches, dust and minor stains, built for long‑term indoor use in garages and workshops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull Modular Compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e: 100% compatible with all 1.8m(H) × 0.5m(D) regular‑duty shelving frames in our range, so you can keep extending your storage system as your needs grow.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/upright-1800mm-500mm\"\u003esteel upright frames (1.8m H)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 ×\u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-2000w-500d\"\u003e 2m (W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts, bolts and assembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNote: \u003c\/strong\u003eThis is a complete freestanding 2‑bay system. It can stand on its own, or be extended with additional add‑on bays for longer storage runs.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 99.964%; height: 196px;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.6px;\"\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"width: 25.6667%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"width: 71.9189%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.6px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 25.6667%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 71.9189%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003e4m (W) × 1.8m (H) × 0.5m (D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 39.2px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 25.6667%; height: 39.2px;\"\u003ePer Shelf Load Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 71.9189%; height: 39.2px;\"\u003e150kg per bay (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.6px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 25.6667%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003eTotal System Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 71.9189%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003e1200kg total (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.6px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 25.6667%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 71.9189%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003ePowder‑coated carbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.6px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 25.6667%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 71.9189%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.6px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 25.6667%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003eShelf Count\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 71.9189%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003e8 adjustable shelves (4 tiers across 2 bays)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 39.2px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 25.6667%; height: 39.2px;\"\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 71.9189%; height: 39.2px;\"\u003eAdd‑on \/ connecting unit (requires starter bay for standalone use)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this the right size for your space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis 4m regular‑duty longspan add‑on bay is the ideal choice if you have a long empty wall and want a smooth, continuous storage system without gaps between individual units.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe 4m width covers a large wall section in one unit, creating a clean gap‑free look. The 2m height makes full use of standard Australian garage ceiling space, while the 0.6m depth ensures large 100L+ storage tubs sit completely on the shelf with no dangerous overhang.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eIf you only need a single freestanding unit, our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/2m-1-8m-0-5m-metal-shelving-600kg-black\"\u003e2m wide single‑bay shelving\u003c\/a\u003e is the better option. For heavier industrial loads and deeper storage, explore our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/4m-1-8m-0-6m-2000kg-connecting-shelving\"\u003eheavy‑duty 2000kg connecting longspan range with 0.6m depth\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eWhat is an add‑on bay, and do I need a starter bay first?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eAn add‑on (connecting) bay shares one upright with an existing starter bay to extend your shelving run. You will need at least one starter bay first to build a complete freestanding system; add‑on bays cannot stand on their own.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eIs this compatible with my existing Apple Shelving 1.8m high 0.5m deep racks?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eYes, this connecting unit is fully compatible with all 1.8m(H) × 0.5m(D) regular‑duty steel shelving in our range, so you can extend your existing system seamlessly.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eHow is this better than buying two separate 2m standalone bays?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis 4m connecting unit shares one central upright instead of using two separate end uprights. This lowers total cost, reduces installation time and creates a gap‑free continuous shelf surface with a cleaner appearance.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eCan I set different shelf heights on each 2m section?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eYes. Every shelf can be adjusted independently, so you can configure different height layouts on each side to match the exact size of your stored items.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore our full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/4m-long-connecting-shelving\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4m Connecting Longspan Shelving Collection\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e to compare different heights, depths and load capacities. Visit \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/about-us\"\u003eour showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for personalised full‑wall storage layout advice tailored to your space. All our shelving units come with a 2‑year manufacturer warranty — see the \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page for full terms.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":34419114279074,"sku":"10(1\u00261\/2)-23X2-33X2","price":325.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/4_1.8_0.5.jpg?v=1723175466"},{"product_id":"4m-1-8m-0-6m-1600kg-connecting-shelving","title":"4m*1.8m*0.6m 1600KG (W*H*D) Connecting Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e4m x 1.8m x 0.6m Deep Connecting Longspan Shelving Add-On Bay 1600kg | Apple Shelving\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis 4‑metre wide regular‑duty deep longspan add‑on bay is engineered for long blank walls in Australian garages, workshops and light commercial spaces that require both extended continuous storage and extra front‑to‑back depth for bulky items.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eIt combines two \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/2m-1-8m-0-6m-metal-shelving-800kg-black\"\u003e2m(W)  bays\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e with one shared central upright, delivering 1600kg total load capacity — 200kg per evenly‑loaded shelf across 4 tiers per bay. The 0.6m extended depth fully accommodates oversized storage tubs, wide tool chests and large equipment that standard 0.5m deep racks cannot support, while the shared upright design cuts costs and creates a seamless, gap‑free storage run.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis connecting unit must be paired with a matching 0.6m deep starter bay to form a complete freestanding shelving system, and is fully compatible with all 1.8m(H) × 0.6m(D) regular‑duty shelving in our range.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNote: \u003c\/strong\u003eFor industrial warehouse use requiring 2000kg heavy‑load longspan systems, explore our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/4m-1-8m-0-6m-2000kg-connecting-shelving\"\u003eheavy‑duty connecting shelving range for commercial‑grade strength\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e0.6m Extra Deep + 4m Longspan Add‑On Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: Combines extended front‑to‑back depth with seamless continuous storage. The 100mm extra depth fully supports oversized Australian storage tubs and heavy tool chests without overhang, while the shared central upright creates a gap‑free built‑in look and reduces total cost.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1600kg Total Regular‑Duty Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e: 200kg per shelf (evenly distributed per bay), 4 tiers across two bays for 1600kg total load, ideal for medium‑heavy tools, spare parts, large containers and light workshop inventory.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndependently Adjustable Shelf Layouts\u003c\/strong\u003e: All 8 solid steel shelves can be repositioned separately, so you can customise height configurations on each 2m section to fit boxes, tubs and equipment of varying sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Stable Deep Frame\u003c\/strong\u003e: High‑grade carbon steel uprights and cross bracing deliver solid structural stability. The deeper 0.6m base footprint also improves overall balance and tilt resistance, even when fully loaded.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull Modular Compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e: 100% compatible with all 1.8m(H) × 0.6m(D) regular‑duty shelving frames in our range, so you can keep extending your deep storage system as your needs grow.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 × \u003ca title=\"upright 1800mm regular duty\" href=\"\/products\/upright-1800mm-600mm-regular-duty\"\u003esteel upright frames (1.8m H)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-2000w-600d-for-800kg\"\u003e2m (W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts, bolts and assembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNote: \u003c\/strong\u003eThis is an add‑on connecting unit. It requires a matching 0.6m deep starter bay to form a complete freestanding shelving run.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4m (W) × 1.8m (H) × 0.6m (D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePer Shelf Load Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200kg per bay (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal System Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1600kg total (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder‑coated carbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf Count\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 adjustable shelves (4 tiers across 2 bays)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdd‑on \/ connecting unit (requires starter bay for standalone use)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this the right size for your space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis 4m × 1.8m × 0.6m deep longspan add‑on bay is the optimal choice if you have a long empty wall and find standard 0.5m deep racks too shallow for your largest storage containers and toolboxes.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eIt must be paired with a 2m 0.6m deep starter bay to form a full 6m continuous shelving run, or added to an existing Apple Shelving deep storage system to extend its length. The shared central upright lowers overall cost and creates a cleaner, more integrated appearance than using separate standalone bays.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eIf you only need a single freestanding unit, our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/2m-1-8m-0-6m-metal-shelving-800kg-black\"\u003e2m wide 0.6m deep single‑bay shelving\u003c\/a\u003e is the better option. If you do not require extra depth, our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/4m-1-8m-0-5m-1200kg-connecting-shelving\"\u003e0.5m standard depth connecting longspan range\u003c\/a\u003e offers a more space‑efficient, budget‑friendly solution.\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\nFor industrial‑grade heavy loads, explore our h\u003ca href=\"\/products\/4m-1-8m-0-6m-2000kg-connecting-shelving\"\u003eeavy‑duty 2000kg connecting longspan range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhat’s the main difference between this and the 0.5m deep 4m connecting shelving?\u003cbr\u003eThis model adds 100mm of front‑to‑back depth per shelf. It is designed to fully hold 100L+ oversized storage tubs and wide tool chests, so items do not hang over the shelf edge and create tipping hazards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan I mix this 0.6m deep add‑on bay with my existing 0.5m deep shelving?\u003cbr\u003eNo, the depth must match for proper frame alignment and connection. This unit is only compatible with 1.8m(H) × 0.6m(D) regular‑duty shelving frames from our range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoes the extra depth make the longspan system less stable?\u003cbr\u003eOn the contrary. The 0.6m deep base widens the overall footprint of the entire run, improving balance and reducing tipping risk, especially when storing heavier items towards the front of the shelves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHow many large 100L storage tubs can fit on one 4m long shelf?\u003cbr\u003eYou can fit 6 to 8 standard 100L Australian plastic storage tubs along the full 4m length, with complete front‑to‑back support thanks to the 0.6m extended depth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-Year warranty included. For full terms and conditions, visit our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore other configurations in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/4m-long-connecting-shelving\" title=\"4m-long-connecting-shelving\"\u003e4m Connecting Longspan Shelving Collection\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.appleshelving.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\" title=\"Visit Showroom\"\u003evisit our showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for personalised full‑wall deep storage layout advice tailored to your space.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":34419114803362,"sku":"13(1\u00261\/2)-23X2-35X2","price":335.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/4_1.8_0.6_800kg.jpg?v=1723175564"},{"product_id":"4m-1-8m-0-6m-2000kg-connecting-shelving","title":"4m*1.8m*0.6m 2000KG (W*H*D) Connecting Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e4m x 1.8m x 0.6m 2000KG Connecting Unit – 250kg Per Shelf, 2000kg Total Capacity\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 4m-wide connecting unit combines \u003cstrong\u003etwo \u003ca href=\"\/products\/2m-1-8m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black\" title=\"2m-1-8m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black\"\u003e2m(W) bays\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e, sharing two central uprights to form a continuous long-span shelving system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt for garages, workshops, and warehouses, it features the same heavy-duty steel construction and adjustable 4-tier design as the single bay, allowing you to create extended storage runs without sacrificing strength or stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtension Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Connects with a starter bay to form a long-span shelving system. Ideal for large storage layouts or wall-to-wall configurations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-Duty Load Rating:\u003c\/strong\u003e Supports up to 250kg per shelf (evenly distributed), suitable for bulky tools, parts and cartons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Shelves:\u003c\/strong\u003e Each solid steel shelf can be repositioned to fit boxes, tubs or workshop equipment of different heights.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made of high-grade powder-coated steel for superior strength, rust and chemical resistance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModular Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fits perfectly with other 1.8m(H) Heavy-Duty frames to expand your shelving system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 × \u003ca title=\"upright-1800mm-600mm-heavy-duty\" href=\"\/products\/upright-1800mm-600mm-heavy-duty\"\u003eUprights (frame ends)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 × \u003ca title=\"2m extra shelf\" href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-2000w-600d-for-1000kg-shelving\"\u003e2m(W) Shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size: 0.875rem;\"\u003eAll required nuts and bolts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3920mm (W) × 1800mm (H) × 600mm (D)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Load Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 250kg per shelf (evenly distributed)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2000kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Powder-coated steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSteel Thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright – 0.7mm \/ Crossrail – 0.8mm \/ Shelf – 0.45mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-Year warranty included. For full terms and conditions, visit our \u003ca rel=\"noopener\" href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore other configurations in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/4m-long-connecting-shelving\" title=\"4m-long-connecting-shelving\"\u003e4m Connecting Shelving\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca title=\"5.5m-long-connecting-shelving\" href=\"pleshelving.com.au\/collections\/5-5m-long-connecting-shelving\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca title=\"Visit Showroom\" href=\"https:\/\/www.appleshelving.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003evisit our showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for layout advice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":34419120472226,"sku":"15(1\u00261\/2)-26X2-38X2","price":350.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/4_1.8_0.6_1000kg.jpg?v=1723098092"},{"product_id":"5m-1-8m-0-5m-1800kg-connecting-shelving","title":"5m*1.8m*0.5m 2200KG (W*H*D) Connecting Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e5m x 1.8m x 0.5m 3-Bay metal Longspan Shelving Add-On 2200kg | Apple Shelving\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis 5‑metre regular‑duty longspan shelving system features a 3‑bay mixed‑width design, combining two \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1-5m-1-8m-0-5m-metal-shelving-800kg-black\"\u003e1.5m(W) bays\u003c\/a\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003eand one \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/2m-1-8m-0-5m-metal-shelving-600kg-black\"\u003e2m(W) bay\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e with shared central uprights to create a seamless continuous storage solution for long walls in Australian garages, workshops and light commercial spaces.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith 2200kg total load capacity across all three bays — 200kg per evenly‑loaded shelf in the 1.5m bays, and 150kg per shelf in the 2m bay — this add‑on compatible longspan rack supports flexible zoned storage: narrower bays for heavy tools and parts, wider bays for bulky storage tubs and equipment.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis unit stands independently as a complete 5m storage run, and can be further extended with additional matching add‑on bays to fit the exact length of your wall.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNote: \u003c\/strong\u003eFor industrial warehouse use requiring higher heavy‑load longspan systems, explore our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/5m-1-8m-0-6m-3000kg-connecting-shelving\"\u003eheavy‑duty connecting shelving range for commercial‑grade strength\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3‑Bay Mixed‑Width Longspan Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: Combines two 1.5m bays and one 2m bay with two shared central uprights, delivering a seamless 5m continuous storage run. The mixed widths support flexible zoned organisation, with narrower sections for heavy tools and wider sections for large bulky items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2200kg Total Regular‑Duty Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e: 200kg per shelf in 1.5m bays and 150kg per shelf in the 2m bay (all evenly distributed), 4 tiers per bay for 2200kg total load, ideal for household tools, storage tubs, spare parts and light workshop inventory.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndependently Adjustable Shelves\u003c\/strong\u003e: Every solid steel shelf across all three bays can be repositioned separately, so you can customise height layouts for each zone to match boxes, tubs and equipment of different sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Powder‑Coated Steel Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e: High‑grade carbon steel frame with black powder‑coated finish, resistant to scratches, dust and minor stains, built for long‑term indoor use in garages and workshops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull Modular Expandability\u003c\/strong\u003e: 100% compatible with all 1.8m(H) × 0.5m(D) regular‑duty shelving frames in our range. You can add more add‑on bays at any time to extend your storage system as your needs grow.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/upright-1800mm-500mm\"\u003esteel upright frames (1.8m H)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1500w-500d\"\u003e1.5m (W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-2000w-500d\"\u003e2m (W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts, bolts and assembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5m (W) × 1.8m (H) × 0.5m (D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePer Shelf Load Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200kg (1.5m bays, evenly distributed)\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n150kg (2m bay, evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal System Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2200kg total (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder‑coated carbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf Count\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 adjustable shelves (4 tiers across 3 bays)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBay Configuration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × 1.5m bays + 1 × 2m bay\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eComplete 3‑bay longspan system (freestanding, expandable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this the right size for your space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis 5m 3‑bay mixed‑width longspan shelving system is ideal if you have a roughly 5‑metre long blank wall in your garage or workshop, and want flexible zoned storage with different width sections for different item types.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe mixed‑width layout lets you dedicate narrower bays to heavy tools, parts and small equipment, and the wider bay to large storage tubs and bulky gardening gear — all in one seamless run. The shared central uprights reduce overall cost and create a cleaner, gap‑free appearance compared to separate standalone units.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eIf your wall is shorter, our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.appleshelving.com.au\/collections\/connecting-units\/products\/4m-1-8m-0-5m-1200kg-connecting-shelving\"\u003e4m 2‑bay longspan systems\u003c\/a\u003e are a better fit. If you need extra depth for oversized containers, explore our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/5m-1-8m-0-6m-2400kg-connecting-shelving\"\u003e0.6m deep longspan shelving range\u003c\/a\u003e. For even longer walls, you can add extra matching add‑on bays to extend the system further.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eWhat is the advantage of a mixed‑width 3‑bay design?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eA mixed‑width layout lets you organise different item types in dedicated zones. Narrower 1.5m bays work well for heavy tools and sorted parts, while the wider 2m bay fits large storage tubs and bulky equipment that needs more horizontal space.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eDo all bays have the same weight capacity per shelf?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eNo. The 1.5m bays support 200kg per shelf, while the 2m bay supports 150kg per shelf. All capacity ratings apply only when weight is evenly distributed across the full shelf surface.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eIs this a complete standalone system, or do I need a separate starter bay?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis is a full freestanding 3‑bay system with 4 upright frames. It is ready to use on its own, and you can also add more add‑on bays later if you want to extend the storage run further.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eCan I rearrange the order of the 1.5m and 2m bays during assembly?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eYes, the modular design lets you arrange the bays in any order you prefer during assembly, so you can place the wider bay on either end or in the middle to match your storage layout.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-Year warranty included. For full terms and conditions, visit our \u003ca rel=\"noopener\" href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore other configurations in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/5m-long-connecting-shelving\" title=\"5m-long-connecting-shelving\"\u003e5m Connecting Longspan Shelving Collection\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca title=\"Visit Showroom\" href=\"https:\/\/www.appleshelving.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003evisit our showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for personalised long‑wall storage layout advice tailored to your space.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":34419124895906,"sku":"10X2-22X2-32X2-23-33","price":420.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/5_1.8_0.5.jpg?v=1723176064"},{"product_id":"5m-1-8m-0-6m-2400kg-connecting-shelving","title":"5m*1.8m*0.6m 2400KG (W*H*D) Connecting Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e5m x 1.8m x 0.6m Deep 3-Bay Long-span Shelving 2400kg Add-On | Apple Shelving\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis 5‑metre regular‑duty deep 3‑bay longspan shelving system combines two \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1-5m-1-8m-0-6m-metal-shelving-800kg-black\"\u003e1.5m\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/2m-1-8m-0-6m-metal-shelving-800kg-black\"\u003e(W)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1-5m-1-8m-0-6m-metal-shelving-800kg-black\"\u003e bays\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e and one \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/2m-1-8m-0-6m-metal-shelving-800kg-black\"\u003e2m(W) bay\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e with shared central uprights, delivering seamless zoned deep storage for long blank walls in Australian garages, workshops and light commercial spaces.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith 2400kg total load capacity across all three bays — 200kg per evenly‑loaded shelf on every tier — this deep longspan rack features an extended 0.6m front‑to‑back depth that fully supports oversized Australian storage tubs, wide tool chests and bulky equipment that standard 0.5m deep racks cannot hold. The mixed‑width layout enables flexible organisation, with narrower sections for heavy parts and wider sections for large bulky items.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis unit stands independently as a complete 5m storage run, and can be further extended with additional matching add‑on bays to fit the exact length of your wall.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNote: \u003c\/strong\u003eFor industrial warehouse use requiring higher heavy‑load longspan systems, explore our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/5m-1-8m-0-6m-3000kg-connecting-shelving\"\u003eheavy‑duty connecting shelving range for commercial‑grade strength\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e0.6m Extra Deep 3‑Bay Mixed‑Width Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: Combines 100mm additional front‑to‑back depth with a 3‑bay mixed layout. The extended depth fully accommodates 100L+ oversized storage tubs and wide toolboxes without overhang, while the mixed 1.5m\/2m bays support targeted zoned organisation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2400kg Total Regular‑Duty Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e: 200kg per shelf (evenly distributed) across all 12 tiers, delivering 2400kg total load capacity suitable for medium‑heavy tools, spare parts, large containers and light workshop inventory.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndependently Adjustable Shelf Layouts\u003c\/strong\u003e: Every solid steel shelf across all three bays can be repositioned separately. You can customise height configurations for each zone, creating tall gaps for long equipment or compact layers for sorted small hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Stable Deep Frame\u003c\/strong\u003e: Heavy‑gauge steel uprights and cross bracing deliver solid structural stability. The 0.6m deep base widens the overall footprint, improving balance and tilt resistance even with fully loaded front‑heavy shelves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull Modular Expandability\u003c\/strong\u003e: 100% compatible with all 1.8m(H) × 0.6m(D) regular‑duty shelving frames in our range. You can add more add‑on bays at any time to extend your deep storage system as your needs grow.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/upright-1800mm-600mm-regular-duty\"\u003esteel upright frames (1.8m H)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1500w-600d-for-800kg\"\u003e1.5m (W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-2000w-600d-for-800kg\"\u003e2m (W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts, bolts and assembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNote: \u003c\/strong\u003eThis is a complete freestanding 3‑bay longspan system. It can stand on its own, or be extended with additional add‑on bays for longer storage runs.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5m (W) × 1.8m (H) × 0.6m (D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePer Shelf Load Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200kg per shelf (evenly distributed, all bays)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal System Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2400kg total (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder‑coated carbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf Count\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 adjustable shelves (4 tiers across 3 bays)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBay Configuration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × 1.5m bays + 1 × 2m bay\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eComplete 3‑bay longspan system (freestanding, expandable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this the right size for your space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis 5m × 1.8m × 0.6m deep 3‑bay longspan shelving system is the best choice if you have a roughly 5‑metre long wall and find standard 0.5m deep racks too shallow for your largest storage containers and toolboxes.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe 0.6m extended depth ensures large items sit fully on the shelf with no dangerous overhang, while the mixed‑width layout lets you dedicate different bays to different item types for cleaner organisation. The shared central uprights reduce overall cost and create a seamless, gap‑free appearance compared to separate standalone units.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eChoose our 0\u003ca href=\"\/products\/5m-1-8m-0-5m-1800kg-connecting-shelving\"\u003e.5m deep 5m 3‑bay model\u003c\/a\u003e if walkway space is very limited and you do not need extra depth. Opt for our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/4m-1-8m-0-6m-2000kg-connecting-shelving\"\u003e4m deep 2‑bay systems\u003c\/a\u003e if your wall is shorter. For even longer walls, you can add extra matching add‑on bays to extend the system further.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eWhat’s the main difference between this and the 5m 0.5m deep 3‑bay shelving?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis model adds 100mm of front‑to‑back depth to every shelf. It is built to fully hold oversized 100L+ storage tubs and wide heavy tool chests, so items do not hang over the front edge and create tipping hazards.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eWill the 0.6m depth take up too much walkway space in my garage?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eIt extends 100mm further than standard shelving. For most long garage side walls, this still leaves plenty of clearance for vehicle access and foot traffic, but we recommend measuring your available space before ordering.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eDo all three bays have the same 200kg per‑shelf weight limit?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eYes. Every shelf across both 1.5m bays and the 2m bay supports a 200kg evenly distributed load, giving consistent weight capacity across the entire 5m run.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eCan I connect this deep 3‑bay system with my existing 0.5m deep shelving?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eNo, the depth must match for proper frame alignment and secure connection. This unit is only compatible with 1.8m(H) × 0.6m(D) regular‑duty shelving frames from our range.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-Year warranty included. For full terms and conditions, visit our \u003ca rel=\"noopener\" href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore other configurations in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.appleshelving.com.au\/collections\/5m-long-connecting-shelving\" title=\"5m-long-connecting-shelving\"\u003e5m Connecting Shelving\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca title=\"Visit Showroom\" href=\"https:\/\/www.appleshelving.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003evisit our showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for layout advice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":34419126894754,"sku":"13X2-22X2-34X2-23-35","price":435.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/5_1.8_0.6_800kg.jpg?v=1723176168"},{"product_id":"5m-1-8m-0-6m-3000kg-connecting-shelving","title":"5m*1.8m*0.6m 3000KG (W*H*D) Connecting Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e5m x 1.8m x 0.6m 3000KG Connecting Unit – 250kg Per Shelf, 3000kg Total Capacity\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 5m-wide connecting unit combines \u003cstrong\u003etwo \u003ca href=\"\/products\/1-5m-1-8m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black\" title=\"1-5m-1-8m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black\"\u003e1.5m(W) bays\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca href=\"products\/1-5m-1-8m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black\" title=\"1-5m-1-8m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca href=\"products\/1-5m-2m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black\" title=\"1-5m-2m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003eand\u003cstrong\u003e one \u003ca title=\"2m-1-8m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black\" href=\"\/products\/2m-1-8m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black\"\u003e2m(W) bay\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e, sharing two central uprights to form a continuous long-span shelving system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt for garages, workshops, and warehouses, it features the same heavy-duty steel construction and adjustable 4-tier design as the single bay, allowing you to create extended storage runs without sacrificing strength or stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtension Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Connects with a starter bay to form a long-span shelving system. Ideal for large storage layouts or wall-to-wall configurations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-Duty Load Rating:\u003c\/strong\u003e Supports up to 250kg per shelf (evenly distributed), suitable for bulky tools, parts and cartons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Shelves:\u003c\/strong\u003e Each solid steel shelf can be repositioned to fit boxes, tubs or workshop equipment of different heights.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made of high-grade powder-coated steel for superior strength, rust and chemical resistance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModular Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fits perfectly with other 1.8m(H) Heavy-Duty frames to expand your shelving system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/upright-1800mm-600mm-heavy-duty\" title=\"upright-1800mm-600mm-heavy-duty\"\u003eUprights (frame ends)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1500w-600d-for-1000kg\" title=\"1.5m extra shelf\"\u003e1.5m(W) Shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-2000w-600d-for-1000kg-shelving\" title=\"2m extra shelf\"\u003e2m(W) Shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size: 0.875rem;\"\u003eAll required nuts and bolts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4840mm (W) × 1800mm (H) × 600mm (D)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Load Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 250kg per shelf (evenly distributed)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3000kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Powder-coated steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSteel Thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright – 0.7mm \/ Crossrail – 0.8mm \/ Shelf – 0.45mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-Year warranty included. For full terms and conditions, visit our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore other configurations in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/5m-long-connecting-shelving\" title=\"5m-long-connecting-shelving\"\u003e5m Connecting Shelving\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca href=\"pleshelving.com.au\/collections\/5-5m-long-connecting-shelving\" title=\"5.5m-long-connecting-shelving\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.appleshelving.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\" title=\"Visit Showroom\"\u003evisit our showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for layout advice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":34419127550114,"sku":"15X2-25X2-37X2-26-38","price":455.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/5_1.8_0.6_1000kg.jpg?v=1723176195"},{"product_id":"5-5m-1-8m-0-5m-2000kg-connecting-shelving","title":"5.5m*1.8m*0.5m 2000KG (W*H*D) Connecting Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e5.5m Storage Rack 3-Bay Longspan Shelving 2000kg | Apple Shelving\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 5.5‑metre regular‑duty longspan shelving system features a wide‑dominant 3‑bay layout, combining two \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/2m-1-8m-0-5m-metal-shelving-600kg-black\"\u003e2m bays\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e and one \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1-5m-1-8m-0-5m-metal-shelving-800kg-black\"\u003e1.5m bay\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e with shared central uprights, built for extra‑long blank walls in Australian double garages, large workshops and light commercial spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith 2000kg total load capacity across all three bays — 150kg per evenly‑loaded shelf in the 2m bays, and 200kg per shelf in the 1.5m bay — this longspan rack prioritises wide storage space for oversized plastic tubs, bulky gardening equipment and large tool chests, with a narrower bay for sorted parts and smaller items.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis unit stands independently as a complete 5.5m storage run, and can be further extended with additional matching add‑on bays to fit the full length of your wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote: \u003c\/strong\u003eFor industrial warehouse use requiring higher heavy‑load longspan systems, explore our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/5-5m-1-8m-0-5m-1500kg-connecting-shelving-workbench\"\u003eheavy‑duty connecting shelving range\u003c\/a\u003e for commercial‑grade strength.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5.5m Extra Long 3‑Bay Wide‑Dominant Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: Combines two 2m wide bays and one 1.5m bay with two shared central uprights, forming a seamless 5.5m continuous storage run. The dual wide bays offer more space for large bulky items than mixed‑narrow layouts, ideal for users prioritising big tub and equipment storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2000kg Total Regular‑Duty Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e: 150kg per shelf in 2m bays and 200kg per shelf in the 1.5m bay (all evenly distributed), 4 tiers per bay for 2000kg total load, suitable for household tools, storage tubs, spare parts and light workshop inventory.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndependently Adjustable Shelf Layouts\u003c\/strong\u003e: Every solid steel shelf across all three bays can be repositioned separately. You can customise height configurations for each bay, creating tall gaps for long equipment or compact layers for sorted small hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Stable Frame Structure\u003c\/strong\u003e: Heavy‑gauge steel uprights and cross bracing deliver solid structural stability across the full 5.5m length. The shared upright design and extended base footprint further reinforce overall balance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull Modular Expandability\u003c\/strong\u003e: 100% compatible with all 1.8m(H) × 0.5m(D) regular‑duty shelving frames in our range. You can add more add‑on bays at any time to extend your storage system as your needs grow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/upright-1800mm-500mm\"\u003esteel upright frames (1.8m H)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-2000w-500d\"\u003e2m (W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1500w-500d\"\u003e1.5m (W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts, bolts and assembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote: \u003c\/strong\u003eThis is a complete freestanding 3‑bay longspan system. It can stand on its own, or be extended with additional add‑on bays for longer storage runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.5m (W) × 1.8m (H) × 0.5m (D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePer Shelf Load Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150kg (2m bays, evenly distributed), 200kg (1.5m bay, evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal System Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000kg total (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder‑coated carbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf Count\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 adjustable shelves (4 tiers across 3 bays)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBay Configuration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × 2m bays + 1 × 1.5m bay\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eComplete 3‑bay longspan system (freestanding, expandable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this the right size for your space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 5.5m × 1.8m 3‑bay longspan shelving system is the ideal choice if you have a roughly 5.5‑metre long wall, and your storage needs are focused on large tubs and bulky items rather than small sorted parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dual 2m wide bays give you more continuous wide shelf space for oversized storage containers and big equipment, while the single 1.5m bay works well for smaller organised items. The shared central uprights reduce overall cost and create a seamless, gap‑free appearance compared to separate standalone units.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/5m-1-8m-0-5m-1800kg-connecting-shelving\"\u003e5m 3‑bay mixed‑width model\u003c\/a\u003e if you have a slightly shorter wall and want more balanced zoned storage. Opt for our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/5-5m-1-8m-0-6m-2400kg-connecting-shelving\"\u003e0.6m deep longspan range\u003c\/a\u003e if you need extra front‑to‑back depth for oversized containers. For even longer walls, you can add extra matching add‑on bays to extend the system further.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this the right size for your space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHow is this different from the 5m 3‑bay mixed‑width shelving?\u003cbr\u003eThis 5.5m model has two 2m wide bays and one 1.5m bay, prioritising wide storage space for large tubs and bulky items. The 5m model has two 1.5m bays and one 2m bay, with more balanced zoned storage for mixed item sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIs 5.5m a good fit for a standard Australian double garage?\u003cbr\u003eMost standard Australian double garages have an internal width of 5.5–6m. This unit fits neatly along the full back wall of a typical double garage, creating a complete wall‑to‑wall storage solution.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhich bay should I use for heavier items?\u003cbr\u003eFor maximum stability, we recommend placing heavier items in the 1.5m bay (200kg per shelf capacity) on lower shelves, and using the two 2m bays for lighter bulky goods and large storage tubs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan I add more bays to make the system even longer?\u003cbr\u003eYes, the system is fully modular. You can purchase additional matching 1.8m(H) × 0.5m(D) add‑on bays at any time to extend the continuous storage run to fit the exact length of your wall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-Year warranty included. For full terms and conditions, visit our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore other configurations in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/5-5m-long-connecting-shelving\" title=\"5.5m-long-connecting-shelving\"\u003e5.5m Connecting Shelving\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca href=\"pleshelving.com.au\/collections\/5-5m-long-connecting-shelving\" title=\"5.5m-long-connecting-shelving\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.appleshelving.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\" title=\"Visit Showroom\"\u003evisit our showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for layout advice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":34419128926370,"sku":"10X2-23X2-33X2-22-32","price":450.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/5.5_1.8_0.5.jpg?v=1723175780"},{"product_id":"5-5m-1-8m-0-6m-2400kg-connecting-shelving","title":"5.5m*1.8m*0.6m 2400KG (W*H*D) Connecting Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e5.5m x 1.8m x 0.6m Wide-Dominant Deep Longspan Shelving 2400kg | Apple Shelving\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 5.5‑metre regular‑duty wide‑dominant deep longspan shelving system combines two \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.appleshelving.com.au\/collections\/shelving-regular-duty\/products\/2m-1-8m-0-6m-metal-shelving-800kg-black\"\u003e2m(W) bays\u003c\/a\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003eand one \u003ca href=\"\/products\/1-5m-1-8m-0-6m-metal-shelving-800kg-black\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1.5m(W) bay\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e with shared central uprights, delivering seamless zoned deep storage for extra‑long blank walls in Australian double garages, large workshops and light commercial spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith 2400kg total load capacity across all three bays — 200kg per evenly‑loaded shelf on every tier — this deep longspan rack features an extended 0.6m front‑to‑back depth that fully supports oversized Australian storage tubs, wide tool chests and bulky equipment. The dual wide‑bay layout prioritises space for large bulky items, with a narrower bay for sorted parts and smaller accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis unit stands independently as a complete 5.5m storage run, and can be further extended with additional matching add‑on bays to fit the exact length of your wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote: \u003c\/strong\u003eFor industrial warehouse use requiring higher heavy‑load longspan systems, explore our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/5-5m-1-8m-0-6m-3000kg-connecting-shelving\"\u003eheavy‑duty connecting shelving range\u003c\/a\u003e for commercial‑grade strength.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5.5m Extra Long Wide‑Dominant Deep Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: Combines 100mm additional front‑to‑back depth with a 3‑bay layout led by two 2m wide bays, forming a seamless 5.5m continuous storage run. The dual wide bays offer more space for large bulky items than mixed‑narrow layouts, while the extended depth eliminates shelf overhang for big containers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2400kg Total Regular‑Duty Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e: 200kg per shelf (evenly distributed) across all 12 tiers, delivering 2400kg total load capacity suitable for medium‑heavy tools, spare parts, large containers and light workshop inventory.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndependently Adjustable Shelf Layouts\u003c\/strong\u003e: Every solid steel shelf across all three bays can be repositioned separately. You can customise height configurations for each bay, creating tall gaps for long equipment or compact layers for sorted small hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Stable Deep Frame\u003c\/strong\u003e: Heavy‑gauge steel uprights and cross bracing deliver solid structural stability across the full 5.5m length. The 0.6m deep base widens the overall footprint, improving balance and tilt resistance even with fully loaded front‑heavy shelves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull Modular Expandability\u003c\/strong\u003e: 100% compatible with all 1.8m(H) × 0.6m(D) regular‑duty shelving frames in our range. You can add more add‑on bays at any time to extend your deep storage system as your needs grow.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/upright-1800mm-600mm-regular-duty\"\u003esteel upright frames (1.8m H)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 ×\u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-2000w-600d-for-800kg\"\u003e 2m (W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1500w-600d-for-800kg\"\u003e1.5m (W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts, bolts and assembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNote: This is a complete freestanding 3‑bay longspan system. It can stand on its own, or be extended with additional add‑on bays for longer storage runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.5m (W) × 1.8m (H) × 0.6m (D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePer Shelf Load Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200kg per shelf (evenly distributed, all bays)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal System Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2400kg total (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder‑coated carbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf Count\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 adjustable shelves (4 tiers across 3 bays)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBay Configuration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × 2m bays + 1 × 1.5m bay\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eComplete 3‑bay longspan system (freestanding, expandable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this the right size for your space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 5.5m × 1.8m × 0.6m deep wide‑dominant longspan shelving system is the best choice if you have a roughly 5.5‑metre long wall and find standard 0.5m deep racks too shallow for your largest storage containers and toolboxes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dual 2m wide bays give you more continuous wide shelf space for oversized storage containers and big equipment, while the 0.6m extended depth ensures large items sit fully on the shelf with no dangerous overhang. The shared central uprights reduce overall cost and create a seamless, gap‑free appearance compared to separate standalone units.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/5-5m-1-8m-0-5m-2000kg-connecting-shelving\"\u003e0.5m deep 5.5m wide‑dominant model\u003c\/a\u003e if walkway space is very limited and you do not need extra depth. Opt for our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/5m-1-8m-0-6m-2400kg-connecting-shelving\"\u003e5m deep 3‑bay systems\u003c\/a\u003e if your wall is slightly shorter. For even longer walls, you can add extra matching add‑on bays to extend the system further.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhat’s the main difference between this and the 5.5m 0.5m deep wide‑dominant shelving?\u003cbr\u003e This model adds 100mm of front‑to‑back depth to every shelf. It is built to fully hold oversized 100L+ storage tubs and wide heavy tool chests, so items do not hang over the front edge and create tipping hazards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIs 5.5m a good fit for a standard Australian double garage back wall? \u003cbr\u003eMost standard Australian double garages have an internal width of 5.5–6m. This unit fits neatly along the full back wall, creating a complete wall‑to‑wall deep storage solution with minimal side clearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo all three bays have the same 200kg per‑shelf weight limit? \u003cbr\u003eYes. Every shelf across both 2m bays and the 1.5m bay supports a 200kg evenly distributed load, giving consistent weight capacity across the entire 5.5m run.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan I connect this deep system with my existing 0.5m deep shelving? \u003cbr\u003eNo, the depth must match for proper frame alignment and secure connection. This unit is only compatible with 1.8m(H) × 0.6m(D) regular‑duty shelving frames from our range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore our full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/5-5m-long-connecting-shelving\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5.5m Connecting Longspan Shelving Collection\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e to compare different depths and load capacities. Visit \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/about-us\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eour showroom\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e for personalised extra‑long deep storage layout advice tailored to your space. All our shelving units come with a 2‑year manufacturer warranty — see the \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page for full terms.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":34419130728610,"sku":"13X2-23X2-35X2-22-34","price":465.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/5.5_1.8_0.6_800kg.jpg?v=1723176026"},{"product_id":"5-5m-1-8m-0-6m-3000kg-connecting-shelving","title":"5.5m*1.8m*0.6m 3000KG (W*H*D) Connecting Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e5.5m x 1.8m x 0.6m 3000KG Connecting Unit – 250kg Per Shelf, 3000kg Total Capacity\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 5.5m-wide connecting unit combines \u003cstrong\u003etwo \u003ca title=\"2m-1-8m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black\" href=\"\/products\/2m-1-8m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black\"\u003e2m(W) bays\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/2m-2m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black-1\" title=\"2m-2m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca title=\"2m-1-8m-0-6m-metal-shelving-800kg-black\" href=\"\/products\/2m-1-8m-0-6m-metal-shelving-800kg-black\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eone \u003ca href=\"\/products\/1-5m-1-8m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black\" title=\"1-5m-1-8m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black\"\u003e1.5m(W) bay\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e, sharing two central uprights to form a continuous long-span shelving system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt for garages, workshops, and warehouses, it features the same heavy-duty steel construction and adjustable 4-tier design as the single bay, allowing you to create extended storage runs without sacrificing strength or stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtension Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Connects with a starter bay to form a long-span shelving system. Ideal for large storage layouts or wall-to-wall configurations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-Duty Load Rating:\u003c\/strong\u003e Supports up to 250kg per shelf (evenly distributed), suitable for bulky tools, parts and cartons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Shelves:\u003c\/strong\u003e Each solid steel shelf can be repositioned to fit boxes, tubs or workshop equipment of different heights.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made of high-grade powder-coated steel for superior strength, rust and chemical resistance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModular Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fits perfectly with other 1.8m(H) Heavy-Duty frames to expand your shelving system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/upright-1800mm-600mm-heavy-duty\" title=\"upright-1800mm-600mm-heavy-duty\"\u003eUprights (frame ends)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-2000w-600d-for-1000kg-shelving\" title=\"2m extra shelf\"\u003e2m(W) Shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1500w-600d-for-1000kg\" title=\"1.5m extra shelf\"\u003e1.5m(W) Shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size: 0.875rem;\"\u003eAll required nuts and bolts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5340mm (W) × 1800mm (H) × 600mm (D)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Load Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 250kg per shelf (evenly distributed)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3000kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Powder-coated steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSteel Thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright – 0.7mm \/ Crossrail – 0.8mm \/ Shelf – 0.45mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-Year warranty included. For full terms and conditions, visit our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore other configurations in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/5-5m-long-connecting-shelving\" title=\"5.5m-long-connecting-shelving\"\u003e5.5m Connecting Shelving\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca href=\"pleshelving.com.au\/collections\/5-5m-long-connecting-shelving\" title=\"5.5m-long-connecting-shelving\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.appleshelving.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\" title=\"Visit Showroom\"\u003evisit our showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for layout advice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":34419132203170,"sku":"15X2-26X2-38X2-25-37","price":485.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/5.5_1.8_0.6_1000kg.jpg?v=1723099122"},{"product_id":"5-2m-1-8m-0-5m-1500kg-connecting-shelving-workbench","title":"5.2m*1.8m*0.5m 1500KG (W*H*D) Connecting Shelving With Workstation","description":"\u003ch2\u003e5.2m x 2m x 0.5m Central Workstation Longspan Shelving 1500kg | Apple Shelving\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 5.2-metre regular-duty longspan shelving bench combines two \u003ca href=\"\/products\/2m-2m-0-5m-metal-shelving-600kg-black\"\u003e2m(W) side storage units\u003c\/a\u003e with a central \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1500w-500d\"\u003e1.2m(W)\u003c\/a\u003e workstation section, sharing uprights to form a continuous long-span workstation for Australian garages, home workshops and light commercial spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith 150kg per evenly distributed shelf and a 1500kg total system capacity, this configuration delivers a seamless layout with strong load performance and flexible shelf adjustment. It pairs generous bulk storage for tools, parts and equipment on both sides with a compact central work surface for assembly, preparation and everyday tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis unit stands independently as a complete 5.2m storage and workstation run, and can be further extended with additional matching add-on bays to fit the full length of your wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote: \u003c\/strong\u003eExplore more modular configurations in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/5-2m-long-connecting-shelving-workbench\"\u003e5.2m Shelving Bench Series\u003c\/a\u003e, or visit our showroom for tailored layout advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5.2m Longspan Dual-Storage Central-Workstation Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: Two 2m wide storage bays flank a compact 1.2m central workstation, joined by shared uprights to form a seamless 5.2m continuous system. Delivers both bulk storage capacity and a dedicated flat work surface in one streamlined unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1500kg Total Regular-Duty Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e: 150kg per shelf (evenly distributed) across all 10 tiers, delivering 1500kg total load capacity suitable for bulky tools, spare parts, storage tubs and workshop equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFully Adjustable Shelf Layouts\u003c\/strong\u003e: All shelves across every section can be repositioned at various heights to suit your workflow and storage needs, creating tall gaps for long equipment or compact layers for sorted small items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Powder-Coated Steel Frame\u003c\/strong\u003e: High-grade powder-coated steel construction for superior strength, corrosion resistance and a clean professional finish, built for long-term use in garage and workshop environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModular Expandable Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: 100% compatible with all 1.8m(H) × 0.5m(D) regular-duty shelving frames in our range. You can add more add-on bays at any time to extend your system as your needs grow.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/upright-1800mm-500mm\"\u003esteel upright frames (1.8m H)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-2000w-500d\"\u003e2m (W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1200w-500d\"\u003e1.2m (W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts, bolts and assembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eNote: This is a complete freestanding longspan shelving bench system. It can stand on its own, or be extended with additional add-on bays for longer runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.2m (W) × 1.8m (H) × 0.5m (D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePer Shelf Load Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150kg per shelf (evenly distributed, all sections)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal System Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1500kg total (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder-coated carbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf Count\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 adjustable shelves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSection Configuration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × 2m storage bays + 1 × 1.2m central workstation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eComplete longspan shelving bench system (freestanding, expandable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs This the Right Fit for Your Space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 5.2m × 1.8m shelving bench system is the ideal choice if you have a roughly 5.2-metre long wall, and want a single integrated unit that combines bulk storage with a compact central work surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dual 2m side bays provide plenty of shelf space for storage tubs, tools and equipment, while the 1.2m central section creates a dedicated flat zone for assembly, repairs or everyday tasks. The shared upright design reduces overall cost and creates a seamless, gap-free appearance compared to separate standalone shelving and work tables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/5-5m-long-connecting-shelving-workbench\"\u003e5.5m wide-dominant workbench with pegboards\u003c\/a\u003e if you want dedicated tool hanging instead of a flat work surface. Opt for our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/connecting-units\"\u003epure longspan shelving range\u003c\/a\u003e if you only need storage with no workstation functionality. For longer walls, you can add extra matching add-on bays to extend the system further.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhat’s the difference between this shelving bench and a pegboard workbench? \u003cbr\u003eThis model features a flat central workstation shelf for assembly, preparation and resting items, while pegboard workbenches have vertical pegboard panels for hanging tools. This design is better if you need a horizontal work surface rather than vertical tool storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhat is the central 1.2m section used for? \u003cbr\u003eThe 1.2m central section creates a compact dedicated work surface. It is ideal for small assembly tasks, tool preparation, or as a staging area for items you are actively working with, without taking up space in your main storage bays.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan I adjust the height of the central work surface?\u003cbr\u003e Yes. All shelves, including the central workstation shelves, are fully adjustable. You can set the work surface at your preferred working height, and adjust the storage shelves around it to match your workflow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan I add more bays to extend the system later? \u003cbr\u003eYes, the system is fully modular. You can purchase additional matching 1.8m(H) × 0.5m(D) add-on bays at any time to extend the continuous storage and workstation run to fit the exact length of your wall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-Year warranty included. For details, see our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore more modular configurations in the \u003ca title=\"5.2m-long-connecting-shelving-workbench\" href=\"\/collections\/5-2m-long-connecting-shelving-workbench\"\u003e5.2m Shelving Bench Series\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca title=\"Visit our showroom\" href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003evisit our showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for tailored layout advice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":34419135479970,"sku":"10X2-23X2-33X2-21(2\/4)-31(2\/4)","price":380.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/WB_5.2_1.8_0.5.jpg?v=1723175626"},{"product_id":"5-2m-1-8m-0-6m-2500kg-connecting-shelving-workbench","title":"5.2m*1.8m*0.6m 2500KG (W*H*D) Connecting Shelving With Workstation","description":"\u003ch2\u003e5.2m x 1.8m x 0.6m Connecting Shelving Workbench\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 5.5m-wide connecting shelving workbench combines \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/2m-1-8m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black\" title=\"2m-1-8m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg\"\u003etwo 2m(W) shelving units\u003c\/a\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003eon each end and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1200w-600d-for-1000kg\" title=\"extra-shelf-1200w-600d-for-1000kg\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003etwo 1.2m(W) shelves\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e in the centre, sharing uprights to form a continuous long-span workstation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt for garages, workshops and warehouse applications, this configuration delivers a seamless layout with strong load capacity and flexible shelf adjustment for all kinds of tools and storage needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-Duty Load Rating:\u003c\/strong\u003e Supports up to 250kg per shelf (evenly distributed), offering solid performance for bulky tools, parts and equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Shelves:\u003c\/strong\u003e All four tiers can be repositioned at various heights to suit your workflow and storage needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Steel Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made of high-grade powder-coated steel for strength, corrosion resistance and a professional finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkbench Option:\u003c\/strong\u003e Can be fitted with an MDF benchtop for a smooth working surface, transforming it into a practical modular workstation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/upright-1800mm-600mm-heavy-duty\" title=\"upright-1800mm-600mm-heavy-duty\"\u003eUprights (frame ends)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 × \u003ca title=\"extra-shelf-2000w-600d-for-1000kg-shelving\" href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-2000w-600d-for-1000kg-shelving\"\u003e2m(W) Shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1200w-600d-for-1000kg\" title=\"extra-shelf-1200w-600d-for-1000kg\"\u003e1.2m(W) Shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size: 0.875rem;\"\u003eAll required nuts and bolts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOptional Add-Ons\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/mdf-bench-top-for-1200l\" title=\"mdf bench top 1.2m\"\u003eMDF Worktop 1.2m\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: rgb(255, 42, 0);\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note: \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003eWe are currently in the process of changing our black MDF to wood timber. During the transition period (August–December 2026), you may receive either the black MDF or timber version.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you have a preference, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.appleshelving.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\" title=\"contact us\"\u003elet us know\u003c\/a\u003e before placing your order, and we'll do our best to accommodate your request.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5040mm (W) × 1800mm (H) × 600mm (D)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Load Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 250kg per shelf (evenly distributed)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Powder-coated steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSteel Thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright – 0.7mm \/ Crossrail – 0.8mm \/ Shelf – 0.45mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-Year warranty included. For details, see our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore more modular configurations in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/5-2m-long-connecting-shelving-workbench\" title=\"5.2m-long-connecting-shelving-workbench\"\u003e5.2m Shelving Bench Series\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca title=\"Visit our showroom\" href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003evisit our showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for tailored layout advice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Standard","offer_id":44830839701666,"sku":"15X2-26X2-38X2-24(2\/4)-36(2\/4)","price":430.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"With Pegboards","offer_id":44830839734434,"sku":"15X2-26X2-38X2-24(2\/4)-36(2\/4)-P41X2","price":490.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"With Pegboards \u0026 2 Extra-Shelf","offer_id":44830839767202,"sku":"15X2-26X2-38X2-24-36-P41X2","price":535.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/WB_5.2_1.8_0.6_1000kg.jpg?v=1723098260"},{"product_id":"5-5m-1-8m-0-5m-1500kg-connecting-shelving-workbench","title":"5.5m*1.8m*0.5m 1500KG (W*H*D) Connecting Shelving With Workstation","description":"\u003ch2\u003e5.5m x 1.8m x 0.5m Standard‑Height Workstation Longspan Shelving 1500kg | Apple Shelving\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 5.5m-wide connecting shelving workbench combines \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca title=\"2m-1.8m-0-5m-metal-shelving\" href=\"\/products\/2m-1-8m-0-5m-metal-shelving-600kg-black\"\u003etwo 2m(W) shelving units\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003eon each end and \u003ca title=\"extra-shelf-1500w-500d\" href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1500w-500d\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003etwo 1.5m(W) shelves\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e in the centre, sharing uprights to form a continuous long-span workstation for standard‑ceiling Australian garages, home workshops and light commercial spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith 150kg per evenly distributed shelf and a 1500kg total system capacity, this 1.8m standard‑height configuration delivers a seamless layout with strong load performance and flexible shelf adjustment. It pairs generous bulk storage for tools, parts and equipment on both sides with a wide central flat work surface for assembly, preparation and everyday tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis unit stands independently as a complete 5.5m storage and workstation run, and can be further extended with additional matching add‑on bays to fit the full length of your wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e Explore more modular configurations in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/5-5m-long-connecting-shelving-workbench\"\u003e5.5m Shelving Bench Series\u003c\/a\u003e, or visit our showroom for tailored layout advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5.5m Longspan Dual‑Storage Wide‑Workstation Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: Two 2m wide storage bays flank a spacious 1.5m central workstation, joined by shared uprights to form a seamless 5.5m continuous system. The standard 1.8m height fits most standard garage ceilings comfortably, while the wider central section delivers a more generous work surface than compact 5.2m models.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1500kg Total Regular‑Duty Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e: 150kg per shelf (evenly distributed) across all 10 tiers, delivering 1500kg total load capacity suitable for bulky tools, spare parts, storage tubs and workshop equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFully Adjustable Shelf Layouts\u003c\/strong\u003e: All shelves across every section can be repositioned at various heights to suit your workflow and storage needs, creating tall gaps for long equipment or compact layers for sorted small items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Powder‑Coated Steel Frame\u003c\/strong\u003e: High‑grade powder‑coated steel construction for superior strength, corrosion resistance and a clean professional finish, built for long‑term use in garage and workshop environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModular Expandable Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: 100% compatible with all 1.8m(H) × 0.5m(D) regular‑duty shelving frames in our range. You can add more add‑on bays at any time to extend your system as your needs grow.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/upright-1800mm-500mm\"\u003esteel upright frames (1.8m H)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-2000w-500d\"\u003e2m (W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1500w-500d\"\u003e1.5m (W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts, bolts and assembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eNote: This is a complete freestanding longspan shelving bench system. It can stand on its own, or be extended with additional add‑on bays for longer runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.5m (W) × 1.8m (H) × 0.5m (D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePer Shelf Load Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150kg per shelf (evenly distributed, all sections)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal System Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1500kg total (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder‑coated carbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf Count\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 adjustable shelves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSection Configuration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × 2m storage bays + 1 × 1.5m central workstation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eComplete standard‑height longspan shelving bench system (freestanding, expandable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs This the Right Fit for Your Space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 5.5m × 1.8m standard‑height shelving bench system is the ideal choice if you have a roughly 5.5‑metre long wall with standard ceiling height, and want a single integrated unit that combines ample vertical storage with a wide central flat work surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dual 2m side bays provide plenty of shelf space for storage tubs, tools and equipment, while the 1.5m wide central section creates a generous flat zone for assembly, repairs or everyday tasks. The 1.8m standard height fits comfortably under typical garage ceilings with clear access to the top shelf. The shared upright design reduces overall cost and creates a seamless, gap‑free appearance compared to separate standalone shelving and work tables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/5-5m-2m-0-5m-1500kg-connecting-shelving-workbench\"\u003e5.5m 2m tall shelving bench\u003c\/a\u003e if you have higher ceilings and want extra vertical storage capacity. Opt for our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/5-2m-1-8m-0-5m-1500kg-connecting-shelving-workbench\"\u003e5.2m compact model \u003c\/a\u003eif your wall is shorter and you need a more compact work zone. Go for our pegboard workbench range if you want vertical tool hanging instead of a flat work surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhat’s the difference between this standard‑height model and the 2m tall 5.5m shelving bench? \u003cbr\u003eThis model has a 1.8m standard height, which fits comfortably under most standard garage ceilings with easy access to the top shelf. The 2m tall version adds 200mm of extra vertical storage for higher ceilings, increasing total capacity by roughly 11% but requiring more headroom. Both feature the same 1.5m wide central workstation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhat is the 1.5m central workstation section used for?\u003cbr\u003e The 1.5m central section creates a dedicated flat work surface. It is ideal for small assembly tasks, tool preparation, repair work, or as a staging area for items you are actively working with, without taking up space in your main storage bays.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan I adjust the height of the central work surface? \u003cbr\u003eYes. All shelves, including the central workstation shelves, are fully adjustable. You can set the work surface at your preferred working height, and adjust the storage shelves around it to match your workflow and item sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan I add more bays to extend the system later? \u003cbr\u003eYes, the system is fully modular. You can purchase additional matching 1.8m(H) × 0.5m(D) add‑on bays at any time to extend the continuous storage and workstation run to fit the exact length of your wall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-Year warranty included. For details, see our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore more modular configurations in the \u003ca title=\"5.5m-long-connecting-shelving-workbench\" href=\"\/collections\/5-5m-long-connecting-shelving-workbench\"\u003e5.5m Shelving Bench Series\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\" title=\"Visit our showroom\"\u003evisit our showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for tailored layout advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore our full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/5-5m-long-connecting-shelving-workbench\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5.5m Shelving Bench Series\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e to compare different heights and configurations. Visit \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/about-us\"\u003eour showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for personalised garage and workshop layout advice tailored to your space. All our shelving and workstation systems come with a 2‑year manufacturer warranty — see our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":34419137183906,"sku":"10X2-23X2-33X2-22(2\/4)-32(2\/4)","price":400.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/WB_5.5_1.8_0.5.jpg?v=1723176272"},{"product_id":"5-5m-1-8m-0-6m-2500kg-connecting-shelving-workbench","title":"5.5m*1.8m*0.6m 2500KG (W*H*D) Connecting Shelving Workbench","description":"\u003ch2\u003e5.5m x 1.8m x 0.6m Connecting Shelving Workbench\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 5.5m-wide connecting shelving workbench combines \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/2m-1-8m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black\" title=\"2m-1-8m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg\"\u003etwo 2m(W) shelving units\u003c\/a\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003eon each end and \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1500w-600d-for-1000kg\" title=\"extra-shelf-1500w-600d-for-1000kg\"\u003etwo 1.5m(W) shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e in the centre, sharing uprights to form a continuous long-span workstation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt for garages, workshops and warehouse applications, this configuration delivers a seamless layout with strong load capacity and flexible shelf adjustment for all kinds of tools and storage needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-Duty Load Rating:\u003c\/strong\u003e Supports up to 250kg per shelf (evenly distributed), offering solid performance for bulky tools, parts and equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Shelves:\u003c\/strong\u003e All four tiers can be repositioned at various heights to suit your workflow and storage needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Steel Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made of high-grade powder-coated steel for strength, corrosion resistance and a professional finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkbench Option:\u003c\/strong\u003e Can be fitted with an MDF benchtop for a smooth working surface, transforming it into a practical modular workstation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/upright-1800mm-600mm-heavy-duty\" title=\"upright-1800mm-600mm-heavy-duty\"\u003eUprights (frame ends)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 × \u003ca title=\"extra-shelf-2000w-600d-for-1000kg-shelving\" href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-2000w-600d-for-1000kg-shelving\"\u003e2m(W) Shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × \u003ca title=\"extra-shelf-1500w-600d-for-1000kg\" href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1500w-600d-for-1000kg\"\u003e1.5m(W) Shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size: 0.875rem;\"\u003eAll required nuts and bolts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOptional Add-Ons\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/mdf-bench-top-1500l\" title=\"mdf bench top 1.5m\"\u003eMDF Worktop\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: rgb(255, 42, 0);\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note: \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003eWe are currently in the process of changing our black MDF to wood timber. During the transition period (August–December 2026), you may receive either the black MDF or timber version.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you have a preference, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.appleshelving.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\" title=\"contact us\"\u003elet us know\u003c\/a\u003e before placing your order, and we'll do our best to accommodate your request.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5340mm (W) × 1800mm (H) × 600mm (D)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Load Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 250kg per shelf (evenly distributed)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Powder-coated steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSteel Thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright – 0.7mm \/ Crossrail – 0.8mm \/ Shelf – 0.45mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-Year warranty included. For details, see our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore more modular configurations in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/5-5m-long-connecting-shelving-workbench\" title=\"5.5m-long-connecting-shelving-workbench\"\u003e5.5m Shelving Bench Series\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca title=\"Visit our showroom\" href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003evisit our showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for tailored layout advice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Standard","offer_id":44830854348962,"sku":"15X2-26X2-38X2-25(2\/4)-37(2\/4)-1","price":440.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"With Pegboards","offer_id":44830854381730,"sku":"15X2-26X2-38X2-25(2\/4)-37(2\/4)-P42X2","price":520.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"With Pegboards \u0026 2 Extra-Shelf","offer_id":44830854414498,"sku":"15X2-26X2-38X2-25-37-P42X2","price":565.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/WB_5.5_1.8_0.6_1000kg_f6f59fc5-fd63-4bb0-a180-e429204808a4.jpg?v=1723098804"},{"product_id":"6m-2m-0-5m-1800kg-connecting-shelving","title":"6m*2m*0.5m 1800KG (W*H*D) Connecting Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e6m x 2m x 0.5m 1800KG Connecting Unit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003e6m 3-Bay tall longspan shelving\u003c\/strong\u003e unit is a complete \u003cstrong\u003e1800kg storage rack\u003c\/strong\u003e system, featuring \u003cstrong\u003ethree uniform \u003ca href=\"\/products\/2m-2m-0-5m-metal-shelving-600kg-black\" title=\"2m-2m-0-5m-metal-shelving\"\u003e2m(W) bays\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e,with shared central uprights, engineered for extra‑wide high‑ceiling double garages and large workshops where walkway space is a key consideration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith 150kg per evenly‑loaded shelf across all 12 tiers, this tall longspan rack delivers 2m of vertical storage height with a space‑saving 0.5m standard depth. It comfortably fits standard Australian storage tubs, tool chests and bulky equipment while preserving maximum walkway clearance, with three equal‑width bays creating a clean, uniform layout ideal for neat, standardised storage organisation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis unit stands independently as a complete 6m storage run, and can be further extended with additional matching add‑on bays to fit the exact length of your wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNote: For industrial warehouse use requiring higher heavy‑load longspan systems, explore our heavy‑duty connecting shelving range for commercial‑grade strength.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e6m Extra Long 3‑Bay Uniform Standard‑Depth Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: Three identical 2m wide bays joined by two shared central uprights, forming a seamless 6m continuous storage run with a slim 0.5m footprint. The uniform width creates a symmetrical, built‑in look, while the standard depth preserves more walkway space than deeper models.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1800kg Total Regular‑Duty Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e: 150kg per shelf (evenly distributed) across all 12 tiers, delivering 1800kg total load capacity suitable for everyday garage tools, storage tubs, spare parts and light workshop inventory.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2m Extra Tall Vertical Storage\u003c\/strong\u003e: 200mm taller than standard 1.8m high racks, maximising storage volume in high‑ceiling spaces and accommodating taller items like vacuum cleaners, step ladders and long‑handled gardening tools.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndependently Adjustable Shelf Layouts\u003c\/strong\u003e: Every solid steel shelf across all three bays can be repositioned separately. You can match heights uniformly across all bays for a neat look, or customise per section for different item sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Stable Tall Frame\u003c\/strong\u003e: Heavy‑gauge steel uprights and cross bracing deliver solid structural stability across the full 6m length. The shared upright design and extended base footprint further reinforce overall balance and tilt resistance at 2m height.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/upright-2000mm-500mm-regular-duty\"\u003esteel upright frames (2m H)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e12 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-2000w-500d\"\u003e2m (W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts, bolts and assembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNote: This is a complete freestanding 3‑bay longspan system. It can stand on its own, or be extended with additional add‑on bays for longer storage runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6m (W) × 2m (H) × 0.5m (D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePer Shelf Load Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150kg per shelf (evenly distributed, all bays)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal System Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1800kg total (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder‑coated carbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf Count\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 adjustable shelves (4 tiers across 3 bays)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBay Configuration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 × 2m uniform wide bays\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eComplete 3‑bay longspan storage rack (freestanding, expandable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this the right size for your space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 6m 3‑Bay tall longspan shelving system is the ideal choice if you have an approximately 6‑metre long wall with good ceiling height, and want a clean uniform full‑wall storage solution that preserves maximum walkway clearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe three equal‑width bays create a symmetrical, built‑in appearance that looks neater than mixed‑width layouts for wall‑to‑wall installations, while the 0.5m depth leaves more room for vehicle access and foot traffic than 0.6m deep models. The 2m height makes full use of high garage ceilings for extra vertical storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/6m-2m-0-6m-2400kg-connecting-shelving\"\u003e6m 0.6m deep tall model\u003c\/a\u003e if you need extra front‑to‑back depth for oversized storage tubs and have plenty of walkway space. Opt for our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/5-5m-1-8m-0-5m-2000kg-connecting-shelving\"\u003e5.5m mixed‑bay model\u003c\/a\u003e if your wall is slightly shorter. For even longer walls, you can add extra matching add‑on bays to extend the system further.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhat’s the main difference between this and the 6m × 2m × 0.6m deep longspan shelving? \u003cbr\u003eThis model uses a 0.5m standard depth instead of 0.6m. It takes up 100mm less front‑to‑back space, preserving more walkway room, while still fitting most standard‑size storage tubs and tools. The 0.6m deep version holds larger oversized containers but extends further into the room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIs this 6m 3‑bay unit a complete standalone system, or do I need a separate starter bay?\u003cbr\u003e This is a full freestanding 3‑bay storage rack with 4 upright frames. It is ready to use on its own right out of the box, and you can also add more matching add‑on bays later if you want to extend the storage run further.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIs a 6m long 2m tall system stable with the slimmer 0.5m depth?\u003cbr\u003e Yes. The extended 6m base footprint and reinforced cross bracing are engineered for stability at this height and depth. For maximum safety, always place heavier items on lower shelves and lighter, less frequently used goods on upper tiers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHow does this uniform 3‑bay layout compare to mixed‑width 3‑bay systems? \u003cbr\u003eUniform 2m bays create a symmetrical, consistent look that works best for wall‑to‑wall installations and standard‑size containers. Mixed‑width layouts offer more zoning flexibility if you store a mix of very large and very small items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore our full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/6m-long-connecting-shelving\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e6m Connecting Longspan Shelving Collection\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e to compare different depths and load capacities. Visit \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/about-us\"\u003eour showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for personalised extra‑wide garage storage layout advice tailored to your space. All our steel storage racks come with a 2‑year manufacturer warranty — see the \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page for full terms.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":37541576442018,"sku":"11X2-23X3-33X3","price":495.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/6_2_0.5.jpg?v=1722570637"}],"url":"https:\/\/www.appleshelving.com.au\/collections\/2026-eofy-shelving-sale.oembed?page=3","provider":"Apple Shelving","version":"1.0","type":"link"}